Update ImGui to 1.84.1 + docking.

13 files changed, 1699 insertions, 1138 deletions

diff --git a/imgui/imconfig.h b/imgui/imconfig.h
index ce60ddf4..a0c86caa 100644
--- a/imgui/imconfig.h
+++ b/imgui/imconfig.h
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@
 
 //---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements.
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS   // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS         // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. (imm32.lib/.a)
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS          // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS         // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a)
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS                     // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime).
 //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS      // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default).
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS            // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf)
@@ -45,6 +46,7 @@
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS                      // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies)
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS              // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function.
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS                  // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions().
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE                                 // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available
 
 //---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience
 //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
@@ -68,7 +70,7 @@
 
 //---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui)
 // Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided).
-// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype' + 'vcpkg integrate install'.
+// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'.
 //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
 
 //---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default)
diff --git a/imgui/imgui.cpp b/imgui/imgui.cpp
index aad29c78..bc1616e4 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.83
+// dear imgui, v1.84
 // (main code and documentation)
 
 // Help:
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 // - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.org/faq
 // - Homepage & latest     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
 // - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
-// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3793 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4451 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
 // - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
 // - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
 // - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
@@ -386,6 +386,9 @@ CODE
  - 2021/XX/XX (1.XX) - Moved IME support functions from io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn, io.ImeWindowHandle to the PlatformIO api.
 
 
+ - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019):
+                        - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
+                        - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder  -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
  - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID().
                         - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do.
                         - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID().
@@ -406,7 +409,7 @@ CODE
                         - ImGui::SetScrollHere()              -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY()
  - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing.
  - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future.
- - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file  with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.
+ - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file  with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.
  - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed.
  - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
                      - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
@@ -795,6 +798,11 @@ CODE
 #include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
 #endif
 
+// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
 // [Windows] OS specific includes (optional)
 #if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
 #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
@@ -946,7 +954,8 @@ const ImGuiID           IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbi
 static ImGuiViewportP*  AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& platform_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewportFlags flags);
 static void             UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
 static void             UpdateViewportsEndFrame();
-static void             UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack);
 static bool             UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* host_viewport);
 static bool             UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(ImGuiWindow* window);
 static bool             GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(ImGuiWindow* window);
@@ -1004,7 +1013,8 @@ static void*                GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;
 
 ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
 {
-    Alpha                   = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
+    Alpha                   = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
+    DisabledAlpha           = 0.60f;            // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
     WindowPadding           = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window
     WindowRounding          = 0.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
     WindowBorderSize        = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
@@ -1089,7 +1099,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
     DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
     DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f;
     IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
-    IniFilename = "imgui.ini";
+    IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
     LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";
     MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;
     MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
@@ -1205,6 +1215,24 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()
     InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
 }
 
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys()
+{
+    memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown));
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); n++)
+        KeysDownDuration[n] = KeysDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f;
+    KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false;
+    KeyMods = KeyModsPrev = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None;
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); n++)
+        NavInputsDownDuration[n] = NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused)
+{
+    // We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance
+    // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false),AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame.
+    AppFocusLost = !focused;
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1734,7 +1762,7 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
 }
 
 // Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
-static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
+static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
 {
     if (c < 0x80)
     {
@@ -1769,6 +1797,13 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
     return 0;
 }
 
+const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c)
+{
+    int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c);
+    out_buf[count] = 0;
+    return out_buf;
+}
+
 // Not optimal but we very rarely use this function.
 int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
 {
@@ -1785,20 +1820,20 @@ static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)
     return 3;
 }
 
-int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
 {
-    char* buf_out = buf;
-    const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
-    while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    char* buf_p = out_buf;
+    const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size;
+    while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
     {
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
         if (c < 0x80)
-            *buf_out++ = (char)c;
+            *buf_p++ = (char)c;
         else
-            buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end - buf_out - 1), c);
+            buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c);
     }
-    *buf_out = 0;
-    return (int)(buf_out - buf);
+    *buf_p = 0;
+    return (int)(buf_p - out_buf);
 }
 
 int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
@@ -2540,6 +2575,7 @@ static const ImGuiCol GWindowDockStyleColors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT] =
 static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
 {
     { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha
     { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
     { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
     { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
@@ -2819,7 +2855,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con
         int ellipsis_char_count = 1;
         if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1)
         {
-            ellipsis_char = (ImWchar)'.';
+            ellipsis_char = font->DotChar;
             ellipsis_char_count = 3;
         }
         const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char);
@@ -2964,8 +3000,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
 {
     IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
     IM_DELETE(Name);
-    for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++)
-        ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiOldColumns();
+    ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct();
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
@@ -3165,7 +3200,7 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
     //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
     g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;
     g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;
-    g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
 }
 
 static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
@@ -3201,10 +3236,14 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight)
+    {
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+            return false;
         return IsItemFocused();
+    }
 
     // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags;
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
     if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
         return false;
     IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function
@@ -3220,7 +3259,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
 
     // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)
     if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0)
-        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)
+        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)
             return false;
 
     // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.
@@ -3229,12 +3268,12 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
         return false;
 
     // Test if the item is disabled
-    if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+    if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
         return false;
 
     // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
     // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
-    if ((window->DC.LastItemId == window->ID || window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId) && window->WriteAccessed)
+    if ((g.LastItemData.ID == window->ID || g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId) && window->WriteAccessed)
         return false;
     return true;
 }
@@ -3255,7 +3294,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
         return false;
     if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)
         return false;
-    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None) || (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled))
+    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))
     {
         g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;
         return false;
@@ -3264,9 +3303,21 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
     // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level
     // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two.
     if (id != 0)
-    {
         SetHoveredID(id);
 
+    // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId
+    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+    {
+        // Release active id if turning disabled
+        if (g.ActiveId == id)
+            ClearActiveID();
+        g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (id != 0)
+    {
         // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!
         // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making
         // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered
@@ -3294,22 +3345,25 @@ bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged
 
 // This is also inlined in ItemAdd()
 // Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect!
-void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)
+void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)
 {
-    window->DC.LastItemId = item_id;
-    window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = item_flags;
-    window->DC.LastItemRect = item_rect;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LastItemData.ID = item_id;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect;
 }
 
+// Called by ItemAdd()
 // Process TAB/Shift+TAB. Be mindful that this function may _clear_ the ActiveID when tabbing out.
 void ImGui::ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(id != 0 && id == window->DC.LastItemId);
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0 && id == g.LastItemData.ID);
 
     // Increment counters
     // FIXME: ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled should disable more.
-    const bool is_tab_stop = (g.CurrentItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0;
+    const bool is_tab_stop = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0;
     window->DC.FocusCounterRegular++;
     if (is_tab_stop)
     {
@@ -3331,13 +3385,13 @@ void ImGui::ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
     {
         if (window->DC.FocusCounterRegular == g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular)
         {
-            window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode;
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode;
             return;
         }
         if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop == g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop)
         {
             g.NavJustTabbedId = id;
-            window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing;
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing;
             return;
         }
 
@@ -3576,8 +3630,9 @@ void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
     FocusWindow(window);
     SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);
     g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
-    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
     g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindowDockTree->Pos;
+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+    SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();
 
     bool can_move_window = true;
     if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
@@ -3659,8 +3714,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()
             // Clear the NoInput window flag set by the Viewport system
             moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Test engine managed to crash here because Viewport was NULL.
 
-            ClearActiveID();
             g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+            ClearActiveID();
         }
     }
     else
@@ -3739,8 +3794,6 @@ static void TranslateWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& delta)
     window->DC.CursorPos += delta;
     window->DC.CursorStartPos += delta;
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos += delta;
-    window->DC.LastItemRect.Translate(delta);
-    window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect.Translate(delta);
 }
 
 static void ScaleWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float scale)
@@ -4138,6 +4191,14 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
     g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
 
+    // Clear buttons state when focus is lost
+    // (this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle)
+    if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
+    {
+        g.IO.ClearInputKeys();
+        g.IO.AppFocusLost = false;
+    }
+
     // Update keyboard input state
     // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools
     g.IO.KeyMods = GetMergedKeyModFlags();
@@ -4217,7 +4278,6 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);
     g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None);
     g.GroupStack.resize(0);
-    ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false);
 
     // Docking
     DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(&g);
@@ -4336,9 +4396,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context)
     CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown);
 
     // Clear everything else
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
-        IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]);
-    g.Windows.clear();
+    g.Windows.clear_delete();
     g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();
     g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();
     g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
@@ -4355,18 +4413,14 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context)
     g.BeginPopupStack.clear();
 
     g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL;
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++)
-        IM_DELETE(g.Viewports[i]);
-    g.Viewports.clear();
+    g.Viewports.clear_delete();
 
     g.TabBars.Clear();
     g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();
     g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();
 
     g.Tables.Clear();
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempDataStack.Size; i++)
-        g.TablesTempDataStack[i].~ImGuiTableTempData();
-    g.TablesTempDataStack.clear();
+    g.TablesTempDataStack.clear_destruct();
     g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear();
 
     g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
@@ -4691,11 +4745,15 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame()
     // Clear Input data for next frame
     g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
     g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+    g.IO.KeyModsPrev = g.IO.KeyMods; // doing it here is better than in NewFrame() as we'll tolerate backend writing to KeyMods. If we want to firmly disallow it we should detect it.
     memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs));
 
     CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost);
 }
 
+// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData()
+// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all:
+// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend)
 void ImGui::Render()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -5091,10 +5149,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.ActiveId)
-    {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-        return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId;
-    }
+        return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;
     return false;
 }
 
@@ -5102,21 +5157,17 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.ActiveId)
-    {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-        if (g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != window->DC.LastItemId)
+        if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
             return true;
-    }
     return false;
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    if (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)
-        return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;
-    return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId);
+    if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)
+        return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;
+    return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID);
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
@@ -5129,14 +5180,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
 bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
-    if (g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId || g.NavId == 0)
+    if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0)
         return false;
 
     // Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
     // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
-    if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->ID && window->WriteAccessed)
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->ID && window->WriteAccessed)
         return false;
 
     return true;
@@ -5152,13 +5202,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
 bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
@@ -5181,14 +5231,14 @@ bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()
 
 bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect);
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;
 }
 
 // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
@@ -5196,7 +5246,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()
 void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
     if (g.HoveredId == id)
         g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
     if (g.ActiveId == id)
@@ -5206,29 +5256,39 @@ void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
 void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
     if (g.HoveredId == id)
         g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true;
     if (g.ActiveId == id)
         g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = true;
 }
 
+void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0);
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = ~(ImU32)0;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = ~(ImU64)0;
+    NavMoveRequestCancel();
+}
+
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min;
 }
 
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max;
 }
 
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize();
 }
 
 bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
@@ -5333,7 +5393,7 @@ void ImGui::EndChild()
             ItemAdd(bb, 0);
         }
         if (g.HoveredWindow == window)
-            parent_window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
     }
     g.WithinEndChild = false;
     g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
@@ -6011,8 +6071,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl
 
     // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)
     // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..
-    const char* UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER = "*";
-    const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? CalcTextSize(UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, false).x : 0.0f;
+    const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f;
     const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);
 
     // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,
@@ -6031,15 +6090,20 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl
 
     ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);
     ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y);
-    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
-    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
-    RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);
     if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
     {
-        ImVec2 marker_pos = ImVec2(ImMax(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x) + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.y) + ImVec2(2 - marker_size_x, 0.0f);
-        ImVec2 off = ImVec2(0.0f, IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f));
-        RenderTextClipped(marker_pos + off, layout_r.Max + off, UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0, style.WindowTitleAlign.y), &clip_r);
+        ImVec2 marker_pos;
+        marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x);
+        marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f;
+        if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x)
+        {
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+            clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f));
+        }
     }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);
 }
 
 void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
@@ -6093,21 +6157,23 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
     const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
     window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);
 
-    // Update the Appearing flag
-    bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1);   // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
+    // Update the Appearing flag (note: the BeginDocked() path may also set this to true later)
+    bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
     if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
     {
         ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
         window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed
         window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);
     }
-    window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;
-    if (window->Appearing)
-        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
 
     // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields
+    const bool window_was_appearing = window->Appearing;
     if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
     {
+        window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;
+        if (window->Appearing)
+            SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
+
         window->FlagsPreviousFrame = window->Flags;
         window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
         window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
@@ -6129,6 +6195,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
     {
         bool has_dock_node = (window->DockId != 0 || window->DockNode != NULL);
         bool new_auto_dock_node = !has_dock_node && GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(window);
+        bool dock_node_was_visible = window->DockNodeIsVisible;
+        bool dock_tab_was_visible = window->DockTabIsVisible;
         if (has_dock_node || new_auto_dock_node)
         {
             BeginDocked(window, p_open);
@@ -6138,11 +6206,22 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 
             // Docking currently override constraints
             g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
+
+            // Amend the Appearing flag
+            if (window->DockTabIsVisible && !dock_tab_was_visible && dock_node_was_visible && !window->Appearing && !window_was_appearing)
+            {
+                window->Appearing = true;
+                SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
         }
     }
 
     // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow : g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back();
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow : g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window;
     ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
     IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
 
@@ -6152,7 +6231,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 
     // Add to stack
     // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()
-    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window);
+    ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data;
+    window_stack_data.Window = window;
+    window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData;
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data);
     g.CurrentWindow = window;
     window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState();
     g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
@@ -6289,7 +6371,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // SELECT VIEWPORT
         // We need to do this before using any style/font sizes, as viewport with a different DPI may affect font sizes.
 
-        UpdateSelectWindowViewport(window);
+        WindowSelectViewport(window);
         SetCurrentViewport(window, window->Viewport);
         window->FontDpiScale = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts) ? window->Viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
         SetCurrentWindow(window);
@@ -6421,85 +6503,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
                 SetCurrentWindow(window);
             }
 
-        bool viewport_rect_changed = false;
         if (window->ViewportOwned)
-        {
-            // Synchronize window --> viewport in most situations
-            // Synchronize viewport -> window in case the platform window has been moved or resized from the OS/WM
-            if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
-            {
-                window->Pos = window->Viewport->Pos;
-                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
-            }
-            else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Pos, &window->Pos, sizeof(window->Pos)) != 0)
-            {
-                viewport_rect_changed = true;
-                window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos;
-            }
-
-            if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
-            {
-                window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->Viewport->Size;
-                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
-            }
-            else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Size, &window->Size, sizeof(window->Size)) != 0)
-            {
-                viewport_rect_changed = true;
-                window->Viewport->Size = window->Size;
-            }
-            window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
-
-            // The viewport may have changed monitor since the global update in UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
-            // Either a SetNextWindowPos() call in the current frame or a SetWindowPos() call in the previous frame may have this effect.
-            if (viewport_rect_changed)
-                UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport);
-
-            // Update common viewport flags
-            const ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags_to_clear = ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
-            ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags = window->Viewport->Flags & ~viewport_flags_to_clear;
-            const bool is_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0;
-            const bool is_short_lived_floating_window = (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) != 0;
-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
-                viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
-            if ((g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon || is_short_lived_floating_window) && !is_modal)
-                viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon;
-            if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration || is_short_lived_floating_window)
-                viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration;
-
-            // Not correct to set modal as topmost because:
-            // - Because other popups can be stacked above a modal (e.g. combo box in a modal)
-            // - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost is currently handled different in backends: in Win32 it is "appear top most" whereas in GLFW and SDL it is "stay topmost"
-            //if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
-            //    viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
-
-            // For popups and menus that may be protruding out of their parent viewport, we enable _NoFocusOnClick so that clicking on them
-            // won't steal the OS focus away from their parent window (which may be reflected in OS the title bar decoration).
-            // Setting _NoFocusOnClick would technically prevent us from bringing back to front in case they are being covered by an OS window from a different app,
-            // but it shouldn't be much of a problem considering those are already popups that are closed when clicking elsewhere.
-            if (is_short_lived_floating_window && !is_modal)
-                viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick;
-
-            // We can overwrite viewport flags using ImGuiWindowClass (advanced users)
-            // We don't default to the main viewport because.
-            if (window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId)
-                window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId;
-            else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && parent_window_in_stack)
-                window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = parent_window_in_stack->Viewport->ID;
-            else
-                window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent ? 0 : IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
-            if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet)
-                viewport_flags |= window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet;
-            if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear)
-                viewport_flags &= ~window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear;
-
-            // We can also tell the backend that clearing the platform window won't be necessary,
-            // as our window background is filling the viewport and we have disabled BgAlpha.
-            // FIXME: Work on support for per-viewport transparency (#2766)
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
-                viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
-
-            window->Viewport->Flags = viewport_flags;
-        }
+            WindowSyncOwnedViewport(window, parent_window_in_stack);
 
         // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding)
         // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect.
@@ -6766,7 +6771,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);
 
         window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
-        window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
+        window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
         window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
         window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;
         window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
@@ -6840,13 +6845,13 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().
         // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.
         if (window->DockIsActive)
-            SetLastItemData(window, window->ID, window->DockTabItemStatusFlags, window->DockTabItemRect);
+            SetLastItemData(window->ID, g.CurrentItemFlags, window->DockTabItemStatusFlags, window->DockTabItemRect);
         else
-            SetLastItemData(window, window->MoveId, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect);
+            SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect);
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
         if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->DC.LastItemRect, window->DC.LastItemId);
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID);
 #endif
     }
     else
@@ -6857,8 +6862,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
     }
 
     // Pull/inherit current state
-    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); // Inherit from shared stack
-    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : 0; // Inherit from parent only // -V595
+    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : window->GetID("#FOCUSSCOPE"); // Inherit from parent only // -V595
 
     if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
         PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);
@@ -6920,6 +6924,12 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)
                 skip_items = true;
         window->SkipItems = skip_items;
+
+        // Sanity check: there are two spots which can set Appearing = true
+        // - when 'window_just_activated_by_user' is set -> HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems is set -> SkipItems always false
+        // - in BeginDocked() path when DockNodeIsVisible == DockTabIsVisible == true -> hidden _should_ be all zero // FIXME: Not formally proven, hence the assert.
+        if (window->SkipItems && !window->Appearing)
+            IM_ASSERT(window->Appearing == false); // Please report on GitHub if this triggers: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4177
     }
 
     return !window->SkipItems;
@@ -6958,11 +6968,12 @@ void ImGui::End()
             host_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos + window->WindowPadding - host_window->WindowPadding;
 
     // Pop from window stack
+    g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup;
     g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
     if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
         g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();
     window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState();
-    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back());
+    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window);
     if (g.CurrentWindow)
         SetCurrentViewport(g.CurrentWindow, g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
 }
@@ -7150,6 +7161,35 @@ void ImGui::PopItemFlag()
     g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
 }
 
+// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled()
+// - Those can be nested but this cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep things disabled)
+// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently.
+// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
+// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag()
+void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha;
+    if (!was_disabled && disabled)
+        g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha);
+    if (was_disabled || disabled)
+        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndDisabled()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    //PopItemFlag();
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags &= ~ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
+    if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
+        g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar();
+}
+
 // FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system.
 void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus)
 {
@@ -7185,6 +7225,7 @@ void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
     window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
 }
 
+// FIXME: We are exposing the docking hierarchy to end-user here (via IsWindowHovered, IsWindowFocused) which is unusual.
 bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)
 {
     if (window->RootWindowDockTree == potential_parent)
@@ -7626,8 +7667,8 @@ void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
     if (g.NavWindow == window->RootWindowForNav && (g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0) && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
     {
         g.NavInitRequest = false;
-        g.NavInitResultId = window->DC.LastItemId;
-        g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos);
+        g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID;
+        g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - window->Pos, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max - window->Pos);
         NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
         if (!IsItemVisible())
             SetScrollHereY();
@@ -7778,8 +7819,7 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()
     IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
     IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
     IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0                                && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded()                          && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt()                                     && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()");
     IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");
     IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError  > 0.0f                && "Invalid style setting!");
     IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations
@@ -8063,9 +8103,16 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
+    // Set item data
+    g.LastItemData.ID = id;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = bb;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
+
+    // Directional navigation processing
     if (id != 0)
     {
-        // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out
+        // Runs prior to clipping early-out
         //  (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget
         //  (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests
         //      unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of
@@ -8089,11 +8136,6 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu
         }
 #endif
     }
-
-    // Equivalent to calling SetLastItemData()
-    window->DC.LastItemId = id;
-    window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
-    window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
     g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
@@ -8114,7 +8156,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu
 
     // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)
     if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
-        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -8446,24 +8488,24 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup()
     const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;
     const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true);
     if (group_contains_curr_active_id)
-        window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId;
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
     else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)
-        window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
-    window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb;
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb;
 
     // Forward Hovered flag
     const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0;
     if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id)
-        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
 
     // Forward Edited flag
     if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)
-        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
 
     // Forward Deactivated flag
-    window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;
     if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)
-        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;
 
     g.GroupStack.pop_back();
     //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));   // [Debug]
@@ -8652,7 +8694,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x);
-    float target_pos_x = ImLerp(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - spacing_x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio);
+    float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio);
     SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
 
     // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
@@ -9048,12 +9090,13 @@ void ImGui::EndPopup()
 // - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup()
 void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
     if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
     {
-        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
-        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                                  // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
         OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
     }
 }
@@ -9076,11 +9119,12 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags
 //   The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice.
 bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return false;
-    ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
-    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                                  // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+    ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
     int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
     if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
         OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
@@ -9089,7 +9133,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flag
 
 bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     if (!str_id)
         str_id = "window_context";
     ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
@@ -9102,7 +9147,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_fl
 
 bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     if (!str_id)
         str_id = "void_context";
     ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
@@ -9193,7 +9239,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& s
 }
 
 // Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports.
-ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)
+ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImRect r_screen;
@@ -9218,7 +9264,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-    ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window);
+    ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window);
     if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
     {
         // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
@@ -9287,8 +9333,8 @@ void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
     g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
     g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
     window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
-    if (window->DC.LastItemId == id)
-        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos);
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID == id)
+        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - window->Pos, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max - window->Pos);
 
     if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
         g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
@@ -9385,7 +9431,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand)
     else
     {
         // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)
-        quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;
+        quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;
     }
 
 #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
@@ -9473,19 +9519,20 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con
     //if (!g.IO.NavActive)  // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag.
     //    return;
 
-    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
     const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos);
 
     // Process Init Request
     if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
     {
         // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback
-        if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0)
+        const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0;
+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0)
         {
             g.NavInitResultId = id;
             g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel;
         }
-        if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus))
+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus)
         {
             g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request
             NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
@@ -9741,16 +9788,6 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
             io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f;
         if (io.KeyShift)
             io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f;
-
-        // AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl)
-        // But also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway.
-        if (io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl)
-            io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_]  = 1.0f;
-
-        // We automatically cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed while holding Alt. (See #370)
-        if (io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0)
-            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
-
         #undef NAV_MAP_KEY
     }
     memcpy(io.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, io.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(io.NavInputsDownDuration));
@@ -10243,6 +10280,8 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
 static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
     ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;
     bool apply_toggle_layer = false;
 
@@ -10254,25 +10293,25 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
     // Fade out
     if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)
     {
-        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
         if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
             g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;
     }
 
     // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection
     bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
-    bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard);
+    bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard);
     if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)
         if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))
         {
             g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow;
             g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
-            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true;
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer
             g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
         }
 
     // Gamepad update
-    g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime;
     if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
     {
         // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise
@@ -10304,31 +10343,49 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
         // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise
         g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f
         if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true))
-            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1);
-        if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(io.KeyShift ? +1 : -1);
+        if (!io.KeyCtrl)
             apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
     }
 
     // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer
-    // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of backend clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB
-    if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
+    // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer.
+    // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway.
+    if (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt && (io.KeyModsPrev & ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt) == 0)
+    {
         g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;
-    if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released))
-        if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev))
-            apply_toggle_layer = true;
+        g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+    }
+    if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
+    {
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370)
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439)
+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper)
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+
+        // Apply layer toggle on release
+        // Important: we don't assume that Alt was previously held in order to handle loss of focus when backend calls io.AddFocusEvent(false)
+        // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss.
+        if (!(io.KeyMods & ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt) && (io.KeyModsPrev & ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
+            if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+                if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
+                    apply_toggle_layer = true;
+        if (!io.KeyAlt)
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+    }
 
     // Move window
     if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
     {
         ImVec2 move_delta;
-        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift)
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift)
             move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down);
         if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
             move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down);
         if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f)
         {
             const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;
-            const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't handle variable framerate very well
+            const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't handle variable framerate very well
             ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree;
             SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always);
             MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window);
@@ -10479,7 +10536,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
     ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;
     if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
     {
-        source_id = window->DC.LastItemId;
+        source_id = g.LastItemData.ID;
         if (source_id != 0)
         {
             // Common path: items with ID
@@ -10506,15 +10563,16 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
             }
 
             // Early out
-            if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
+            if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
                 return false;
 
             // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()
             // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.
             // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.
             // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.
-            source_id = window->DC.LastItemId = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect);
-            bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, source_id);
+            // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact.
+            source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);
+            bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id);
             if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])
             {
                 SetActiveID(source_id, window);
@@ -10528,10 +10586,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
         source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();
         source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button);
 
-        // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging
-        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0;
-        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = ~(ImU32)0;
-        g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = ~(ImU64)0;
+        // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any
+        SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();
     }
     else
     {
@@ -10566,13 +10622,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
             if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
             {
                 ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow;
-                tooltip_window->SkipItems = true;
+                tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true;
                 tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
             }
         }
 
         if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
-            window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
 
         return true;
     }
@@ -10672,14 +10728,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()
         return false;
 
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+    if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
         return false;
     ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
     if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != hovered_window->RootWindowDockTree)
         return false;
 
-    const ImRect& display_rect = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect : window->DC.LastItemRect;
-    ImGuiID id = window->DC.LastItemId;
+    const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
     if (id == 0)
         id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect);
     if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)
@@ -10721,17 +10777,11 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop
     }
 
     // Render default drop visuals
+    // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.
     payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;
     flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame)
     if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)
-    {
-        // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.
-        r.Expand(3.5f);
-        bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r);
-        if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
-        if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
-    }
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
 
     g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
     payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()
@@ -11357,7 +11407,8 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl
 // - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal]
 // - UpdateViewportsEndFrame() [Internal]
 // - AddUpdateViewport() [Internal]
-// - UpdateSelectWindowViewport() [Internal]
+// - WindowSelectViewport() [Internal]
+// - WindowSyncOwnedViewport() [Internal]
 // - UpdatePlatformWindows()
 // - RenderPlatformWindowsDefault()
 // - FindPlatformMonitorForPos() [Internal]
@@ -11373,6 +11424,7 @@ ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()
     return g.Viewports[0];
 }
 
+// FIXME: This leaks access to viewports not listed in PlatformIO.Viewports[]. Problematic? (#4236)
 ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -11804,7 +11856,7 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const
 }
 
 // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This is all super messy and ought to be clarified or rewritten.
-static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
+static void ImGui::WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
@@ -11829,7 +11881,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
     if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport) == 0)
     {
         // By default inherit from parent window
-        if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ParentWindow && !window->ParentWindow->IsFallbackWindow)
+        if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ParentWindow && (!window->ParentWindow->IsFallbackWindow || window->ParentWindow->WasActive))
             window->Viewport = window->ParentWindow->Viewport;
 
         // Attempt to restore saved viewport id (= window that hasn't been activated yet), try to restore the viewport based on saved 'window->ViewportPos' restored from .ini file
@@ -11931,6 +11983,92 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
     //    window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
 }
 
+void ImGui::WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    bool viewport_rect_changed = false;
+
+    // Synchronize window --> viewport in most situations
+    // Synchronize viewport -> window in case the platform window has been moved or resized from the OS/WM
+    if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
+    {
+        window->Pos = window->Viewport->Pos;
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    }
+    else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Pos, &window->Pos, sizeof(window->Pos)) != 0)
+    {
+        viewport_rect_changed = true;
+        window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos;
+    }
+
+    if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
+    {
+        window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->Viewport->Size;
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    }
+    else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Size, &window->Size, sizeof(window->Size)) != 0)
+    {
+        viewport_rect_changed = true;
+        window->Viewport->Size = window->Size;
+    }
+    window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
+
+    // The viewport may have changed monitor since the global update in UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
+    // Either a SetNextWindowPos() call in the current frame or a SetWindowPos() call in the previous frame may have this effect.
+    if (viewport_rect_changed)
+        UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport);
+
+    // Update common viewport flags
+    const ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags_to_clear = ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
+    ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags = window->Viewport->Flags & ~viewport_flags_to_clear;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = window->Flags;
+    const bool is_modal = (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0;
+    const bool is_short_lived_floating_window = (window_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) != 0;
+    if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
+    if ((g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon || is_short_lived_floating_window) && !is_modal)
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon;
+    if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration || is_short_lived_floating_window)
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration;
+
+    // Not correct to set modal as topmost because:
+    // - Because other popups can be stacked above a modal (e.g. combo box in a modal)
+    // - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost is currently handled different in backends: in Win32 it is "appear top most" whereas in GLFW and SDL it is "stay topmost"
+    //if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+    //    viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
+
+    // For popups and menus that may be protruding out of their parent viewport, we enable _NoFocusOnClick so that clicking on them
+    // won't steal the OS focus away from their parent window (which may be reflected in OS the title bar decoration).
+    // Setting _NoFocusOnClick would technically prevent us from bringing back to front in case they are being covered by an OS window from a different app,
+    // but it shouldn't be much of a problem considering those are already popups that are closed when clicking elsewhere.
+    if (is_short_lived_floating_window && !is_modal)
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick;
+
+    // We can overwrite viewport flags using ImGuiWindowClass (advanced users)
+    if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet)
+        viewport_flags |= window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet;
+    if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear)
+        viewport_flags &= ~window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear;
+
+    // We can also tell the backend that clearing the platform window won't be necessary,
+    // as our window background is filling the viewport and we have disabled BgAlpha.
+    // FIXME: Work on support for per-viewport transparency (#2766)
+    if (!(window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
+
+    window->Viewport->Flags = viewport_flags;
+
+    // Update parent viewport ID
+    // (the !IsFallbackWindow test mimic the one done in WindowSelectViewport())
+    if (window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId)
+        window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId;
+    else if ((window_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && parent_window_in_stack && (!parent_window_in_stack->IsFallbackWindow || parent_window_in_stack->WasActive))
+        window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = parent_window_in_stack->Viewport->ID;
+    else
+        window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent ? 0 : IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
+}
+
 // Called by user at the end of the main loop, after EndFrame()
 // This will handle the creation/update of all OS windows via function defined in the ImGuiPlatformIO api.
 void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows()
@@ -12546,7 +12684,8 @@ static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID
 ImGuiID ImGui::DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 {
     // Generate an ID for new node (the exact ID value doesn't matter as long as it is not already used)
-    // FIXME-OPT FIXME-DOCK: This is suboptimal, even if the node count is small enough not to be a worry. We should poke in ctx->Nodes to find a suitable ID faster.
+    // FIXME-OPT FIXME-DOCK: This is suboptimal, even if the node count is small enough not to be a worry.0
+    // We should poke in ctx->Nodes to find a suitable ID faster. Even more so trivial that ctx->Nodes lookup is already sorted.
     ImGuiID id = 0x0001;
     while (DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id) != NULL)
         id++;
@@ -12699,7 +12838,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDoc
             node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] = node;
         node->SelectedTabId = settings->SelectedTabId;
         node->SplitAxis = (ImGuiAxis)settings->SplitAxis;
-        node->LocalFlags |= (settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_);
+        node->SetLocalFlags(settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_);
 
         // Bind host window immediately if it already exist (in case of a rebuild)
         // This is useful as the RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight links necessary to highlight the currently focused node requires node->HostWindow to be set.
@@ -12841,7 +12980,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req)
         new_node->HostWindow = node->HostWindow;
         node = new_node;
     }
-    node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar;
+    node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
 
     if (node != payload_node)
     {
@@ -12879,8 +13018,8 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req)
                     IM_ASSERT(last_focused_node != NULL);
                     ImGuiDockNode* last_focused_root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(last_focused_node);
                     IM_ASSERT(last_focused_root_node == DockNodeGetRootNode(payload_node));
-                    last_focused_node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode;
-                    node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode;
+                    last_focused_node->SetLocalFlags(last_focused_node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
+                    node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
                     last_focused_root_node->CentralNode = last_focused_node;
                 }
 
@@ -12950,7 +13089,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* windo
         window->DockId = 0;
     window->Collapsed = false;
     window->DockIsActive = false;
-    window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
+    window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
     window->Size = window->SizeFull = FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(window->SizeFull, window->Viewport);
 
     MarkIniSettingsDirty();
@@ -13041,7 +13180,7 @@ bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode*
 ImGuiDockNode::ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ID = id;
-    SharedFlags = LocalFlags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
+    SharedFlags = LocalFlags = LocalFlagsInWindows = MergedFlags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
     ParentNode = ChildNodes[0] = ChildNodes[1] = NULL;
     TabBar = NULL;
     SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_None;
@@ -13345,6 +13484,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* nod
 
     // Remove inactive windows
     // Merge node flags overrides stored in windows
+    node->LocalFlagsInWindows = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
     for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
     {
         ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
@@ -13371,13 +13511,14 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* nod
         else
         {
             // FIXME-DOCKING: Missing policies for conflict resolution, hence the "Experimental" tag on this.
-            node->LocalFlags &= ~window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear;
-            node->LocalFlags |= window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
+            //node->LocalFlagsInWindow &= ~window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear;
+            node->LocalFlagsInWindows |= window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
         }
     }
+    node->UpdateMergedFlags();
 
     // Auto-hide tab bar option
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->GetMergedFlags();
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
     if (node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate && node->Windows.Size == 1 && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) && !node->IsHiddenTabBar())
         node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true;
     node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = false;
@@ -13388,9 +13529,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* nod
 
     // Apply toggles at a single point of the frame (here!)
     if (node->Windows.Size > 1)
-        node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar;
+        node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
     else if (node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle)
-        node->LocalFlags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar;
+        node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags ^ ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
     node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
 
     DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node);
@@ -13446,6 +13587,20 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node)
     }
 }
 
+static void DockNodeSetupHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window)
+{
+    // Remove ourselves from any previous different host window
+    // This can happen if a user mistakenly does (see #4295 for details):
+    //  - N+0: DockBuilderAddNode(id, 0)    // missing ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace
+    //  - N+1: NewFrame()                   // will create floating host window for that node
+    //  - N+1: DockSpace(id)                // requalify node as dockspace, moving host window
+    if (node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow != host_window && node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost == node)
+        node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost = NULL;
+
+    host_window->DockNodeAsHost = node;
+    node->HostWindow = host_window;
+}
+
 static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -13528,7 +13683,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node)
         }
     }
 
-    const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->GetMergedFlags();
+    const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
 
     // Decide if the node will have a close button and a window menu button
     node->HasWindowMenuButton = (node->Windows.Size > 0) && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0;
@@ -13594,8 +13749,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node)
             PopStyleVar();
             beginned_into_host_window = true;
 
-            node->HostWindow = host_window = g.CurrentWindow;
-            host_window->DockNodeAsHost = node;
+            host_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+            DockNodeSetupHostWindow(node, host_window);
             host_window->DC.CursorPos = host_window->Pos;
             node->Pos = host_window->Pos;
             node->Size = host_window->Size;
@@ -13780,7 +13935,7 @@ bool ImGui::DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node)
 {
     if (node->TabBar == NULL || node->HostWindow == NULL)
         return false;
-    if (node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
+    if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
         return false;
     Begin(node->HostWindow->Name);
     PushOverrideID(node->ID);
@@ -13858,7 +14013,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
     ImGuiID focus_tab_id = 0;
     node->IsFocused = is_focused;
 
-    const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->GetMergedFlags();
+    const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
     const bool has_window_menu_button = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0 && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
 
     // In a dock node, the Collapse Button turns into the Window Menu button.
@@ -13968,8 +14123,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
                 node->VisibleWindow = window;
 
             // Store last item data so it can be queried with IsItemXXX functions after the user Begin() call
-            window->DockTabItemStatusFlags = host_window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags;
-            window->DockTabItemRect = host_window->DC.LastItemRect;
+            window->DockTabItemStatusFlags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
+            window->DockTabItemRect = g.LastItemData.Rect;
 
             // Update navigation ID on menu layer
             if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == window && (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0)
@@ -13999,11 +14154,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
             PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text] * ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.4f));
         }
         if (CloseButton(host_window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))
-            if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->VisibleTabId))
-            {
-                node->WantCloseTabId = tab->ID;
-                TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab);
-            }
+        {
+            node->WantCloseAll = true;
+            for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++)
+                TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, &tab_bar->Tabs[n]);
+        }
         //if (IsItemActive())
         //    focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
         if (!close_button_is_enabled)
@@ -14024,7 +14179,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
         {
             // ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap + SetItemAllowOverlap() required for appending into dock node tab bar,
             // otherwise dragging window will steal HoveredId and amended tabs cannot get them.
-            host_window->DC.LastItemId = title_bar_id;
+            g.LastItemData.ID = title_bar_id;
             SetItemAllowOverlap();
         }
         if (held)
@@ -14252,8 +14407,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockN
         IM_ASSERT(ref_node_for_rect->IsVisible);
 
     // Filter, figure out where we are allowed to dock
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags src_node_flags = root_payload_as_host ? root_payload_as_host->GetMergedFlags() : root_payload->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags dst_node_flags = host_node ? host_node->GetMergedFlags() : host_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags src_node_flags = root_payload_as_host ? root_payload_as_host->MergedFlags : root_payload->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags dst_node_flags = host_node ? host_node->MergedFlags : host_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
     data->IsCenterAvailable = true;
     if (is_outer_docking)
         data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
@@ -14263,7 +14418,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockN
         data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
     else if ((!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()) && root_payload_as_host && root_payload_as_host->IsSplitNode() && (root_payload_as_host->OnlyNodeWithWindows == NULL)) // Is _visibly_ split?
         data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
-    else if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe) || (src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther))
+    else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe)
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+    else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther) && (!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()))
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+    else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty) && host_node && host_node->IsEmpty())
         data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
 
     data->IsSidesAvailable = true;
@@ -14433,7 +14592,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock
         }
 
         // Stop after ImGuiDir_None
-        if ((host_node && (host_node->GetMergedFlags() & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit)
+        if ((host_node && (host_node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit)
             return;
     }
 }
@@ -14486,6 +14645,9 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG
     child_1->SharedFlags = parent_node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_;
     child_inheritor->LocalFlags = parent_node->LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
     parent_node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
+    child_0->UpdateMergedFlags();
+    child_1->UpdateMergedFlags();
+    parent_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
     if (child_inheritor->IsCentralNode())
         DockNodeGetRootNode(parent_node)->CentralNode = child_inheritor;
 }
@@ -14525,6 +14687,8 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG
     parent_node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_; // Preserve Dockspace flag
     parent_node->LocalFlags |= (child_0 ? child_0->LocalFlags : 0) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
     parent_node->LocalFlags |= (child_1 ? child_1->LocalFlags : 0) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
+    parent_node->LocalFlagsInWindows = (child_0 ? child_0->LocalFlagsInWindows : 0) | (child_1 ? child_1->LocalFlagsInWindows : 0); // FIXME: Would be more consistent to update from actual windows
+    parent_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
 
     if (child_0)
     {
@@ -14656,7 +14820,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node)
         bb.Max[axis ^ 1] += child_1->Size[axis ^ 1];
         //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport)->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
 
-        const ImGuiDockNodeFlags merged_flags = child_0->GetMergedFlags() | child_1->GetMergedFlags();
+        const ImGuiDockNodeFlags merged_flags = child_0->MergedFlags | child_1->MergedFlags; // Merged flags for BOTH childs
         const ImGuiDockNodeFlags no_resize_axis_flag = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX : ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY;
         if ((merged_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) || (merged_flags & no_resize_axis_flag))
         {
@@ -14850,7 +15014,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags
     {
         IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X created\n", id);
         node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id);
-        node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode;
+        node->SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
     }
     if (window_class && window_class->ClassId != node->WindowClass.ClassId)
         IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X: setup WindowClass 0x%08X -> 0x%08X\n", id, node->WindowClass.ClassId, window_class->ClassId);
@@ -14862,10 +15026,10 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags
     if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && !(flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly))
     {
         IM_ASSERT(node->IsDockSpace() == false && "Cannot call DockSpace() twice a frame with the same ID");
-        node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace;
+        node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace);
         return id;
     }
-    node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace;
+    node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace);
 
     // Keep alive mode, this is allow windows docked into this node so stay docked even if they are not visible
     if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
@@ -14903,9 +15067,8 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags
     PopStyleVar();
 
     ImGuiWindow* host_window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    host_window->DockNodeAsHost = node;
+    DockNodeSetupHostWindow(node, host_window);
     host_window->ChildId = window->GetID(title);
-    node->HostWindow = host_window;
     node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL;
 
     IM_ASSERT(node->IsRootNode());
@@ -14917,7 +15080,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags
     // The specific sub-property of _CentralNode we are interested in recovering here is the "Don't delete when empty" property,
     // as it doesn't make sense for an empty dockspace to not have this property.
     if (node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsCentralNode())
-        node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode;
+        node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
 
     // Update the node
     DockNodeUpdate(node);
@@ -15043,11 +15206,11 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size)
 ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
-    ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL;
 
     if (id != 0)
         DockBuilderRemoveNode(id);
 
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL;
     if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace)
     {
         DockSpace(id, ImVec2(0, 0), (flags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly);
@@ -15056,7 +15219,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags)
     else
     {
         node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id);
-        node->LocalFlags = flags;
+        node->SetLocalFlags(flags);
     }
     node->LastFrameAlive = ctx->FrameCount;   // Set this otherwise BeginDocked will undock during the same frame.
     return node->ID;
@@ -15070,8 +15233,12 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id)
         return;
     DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(node_id, true);
     DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(node_id);
+    // Node may have moved or deleted if e.g. any merge happened
+    node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id);
+    if (node == NULL)
+        return;
     if (node->IsCentralNode() && node->ParentNode)
-        node->ParentNode->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode;
+        node->ParentNode->SetLocalFlags(node->ParentNode->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
     DockContextRemoveNode(ctx, node, true);
 }
 
@@ -15141,8 +15308,8 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id)
     }
     else if (has_central_node)
     {
-        root_node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode;
         root_node->CentralNode = root_node;
+        root_node->SetLocalFlags(root_node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
     }
 }
 
@@ -15224,10 +15391,12 @@ static ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(ImGuiDockNode* src_node, ImGuiID ds
     ImGuiDockNode* dst_node = ImGui::DockContextAddNode(ctx, dst_node_id_if_known);
     dst_node->SharedFlags = src_node->SharedFlags;
     dst_node->LocalFlags = src_node->LocalFlags;
+    dst_node->LocalFlagsInWindows = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
     dst_node->Pos = src_node->Pos;
     dst_node->Size = src_node->Size;
     dst_node->SizeRef = src_node->SizeRef;
     dst_node->SplitAxis = src_node->SplitAxis;
+    dst_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
 
     out_node_remap_pairs->push_back(src_node->ID);
     out_node_remap_pairs->push_back(dst_node->ID);
@@ -15250,11 +15419,12 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyNode(ImGuiID src_node_id, ImGuiID dst_node_id, ImVect
     IM_ASSERT(dst_node_id != 0);
     IM_ASSERT(out_node_remap_pairs != NULL);
 
+    DockBuilderRemoveNode(dst_node_id);
+
     ImGuiDockNode* src_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, src_node_id);
     IM_ASSERT(src_node != NULL);
 
     out_node_remap_pairs->clear();
-    DockBuilderRemoveNode(dst_node_id);
     DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(src_node, dst_node_id, out_node_remap_pairs);
 
     IM_ASSERT((out_node_remap_pairs->Size % 2) == 0);
@@ -15441,6 +15611,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open)
     ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
     ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
 
+    // Clear fields ahead so most early-out paths don't have to do it
+    window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
+
     const bool auto_dock_node = GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(window);
     if (auto_dock_node)
     {
@@ -15490,14 +15663,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open)
         // If the window has been orphaned, transition the docknode to an implicit node processed in DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking()
         ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
         if (root_node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount)
-        {
             DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window);
-        }
         else
-        {
             window->DockIsActive = true;
-            window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
-        }
         return;
     }
 
@@ -15510,8 +15678,8 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open)
     // FIXME-DOCK: replace ->HostWindow NULL compare with something more explicit (~was initially intended as a first frame test)
     if (node->HostWindow == NULL)
     {
-        window->DockIsActive = (node->State == ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing);
-        window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
+        if (node->State == ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing)
+            window->DockIsActive = true;
         if (node->Windows.Size > 1)
             DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(window);
         return;
@@ -15535,8 +15703,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open)
     SetNextWindowSize(node->Size);
     g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = false; // Cancel implicit undocking of SetNextWindowPos()
     window->DockIsActive = true;
+    window->DockNodeIsVisible = true;
     window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
-    if (node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
+    if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
         return;
 
     // When the window is selected we mark it as visible.
@@ -15569,8 +15738,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == window->MoveId);
     IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow == window);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
 
-    window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId;
+    g.LastItemData.ID = window->MoveId;
     window = window->RootWindowDockTree;
     IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0);
     bool is_drag_docking = ImRect(0, 0, window->SizeFull.x, GetFrameHeight()).Contains(g.ActiveIdClickOffset); // FIXME-DOCKING: Need to make this stateful and explicit
@@ -16222,10 +16392,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
         cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count);
         if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
         {
-            for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++)
+            for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
             {
-                ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n);
-                if (table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))
+                ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
+                if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))
                     continue;
 
                 BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);
@@ -16342,23 +16512,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
     }
 
     // Details for TabBars
-    if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetSize()))
+    if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount()))
     {
-        for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetSize(); n++)
-        {
-            ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetByIndex(n);
-            PushID(tab_bar);
-            DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar");
-            PopID();
-        }
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++)
+            if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n))
+            {
+                PushID(tab_bar);
+                DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar");
+                PopID();
+            }
         TreePop();
     }
 
     // Details for Tables
-    if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetSize()))
+    if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount()))
     {
-        for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetSize(); n++)
-            DebugNodeTable(g.Tables.GetByIndex(n));
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++)
+            if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n))
+                DebugNodeTable(table);
         TreePop();
     }
 
@@ -16481,7 +16652,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
         Indent();
         Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]);
         Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");
-        Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not
+        Text("ActiveIdUsing: Wheel: %d, NavDirMask: %X, NavInputMask: %X, KeyInputMask: %llX", g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask, g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask, g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask);
+        Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame
         Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);
         Unindent();
 
@@ -16528,10 +16700,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
     // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles
     if (cfg->ShowTablesRects)
     {
-        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++)
+        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
         {
-            ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n);
-            if (table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
+            ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
+            if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
                 continue;
             ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow);
             if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
@@ -16575,6 +16747,25 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
     End();
 }
 
+// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture
+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
+        PushID(font);
+        DebugNodeFont(font);
+        PopID();
+    }
+    if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
+    {
+        ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);
+        Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+}
+
 // [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns
 void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)
 {
@@ -16586,6 +16777,34 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)
     TreePop();
 }
 
+static void DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags* p_flags, const char* label, bool enabled)
+{
+    using namespace ImGui;
+    PushID(label);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    Text("%s:", label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+    CheckboxFlags("NoSplit", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoResizeX", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoResizeY",p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoTabBar", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar);
+    CheckboxFlags("HiddenTabBar", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoWindowMenuButton", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoCloseButton", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDocking", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplitMe", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplitOther", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverMe", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverOther", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverEmpty", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty);
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+    PopStyleVar();
+    PopID();
+}
+
 // [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDockNode
 void ImGui::DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label)
 {
@@ -16616,17 +16835,16 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label)
             node->IsCentralNode() ? " IsCentralNode" : "",
             is_alive ? " IsAlive" : "", is_active ? " IsActive" : "",
             node->WantLockSizeOnce ? " WantLockSizeOnce" : "");
-        if (TreeNode("flags", "LocalFlags: 0x%04X SharedFlags: 0x%04X", node->LocalFlags, node->SharedFlags))
+        if (TreeNode("flags", "Flags Merged: 0x%04X, Local: 0x%04X, InWindows: 0x%04X, Shared: 0x%04X", node->MergedFlags, node->LocalFlags, node->LocalFlagsInWindows, node->SharedFlags))
         {
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoDocking", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking);
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoSplit", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit);
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoResize", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize);
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoResizeX", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX);
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoResizeY", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY);
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoTabBar", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar);
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: HiddenTabBar", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoWindowMenuButton", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton);
-            CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoCloseButton", &node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton);
+            if (BeginTable("flags", 4))
+            {
+                TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->MergedFlags, "MergedFlags", false);
+                TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->LocalFlags, "LocalFlags", true);
+                TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->LocalFlagsInWindows, "LocalFlagsInWindows", false);
+                TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->SharedFlags, "SharedFlags", true);
+                EndTable();
+            }
             TreePop();
         }
         if (node->ParentNode)
@@ -16740,16 +16958,17 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, con
 void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb);
-    ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
-    ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;
 
     // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles
     ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect;
     ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
     ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags;
     out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
-    for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; )
+    for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; )
     {
+        ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list
+        ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;
+
         ImVec2 triangle[3];
         for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
             vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));
@@ -16765,6 +16984,102 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, co
     out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
 }
 
+// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",
+        font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
+    SameLine();
+    if (SmallButton("Set as default"))
+        GetIO().FontDefault = font;
+    if (!opened)
+        return;
+
+    // Display preview text
+    PushFont(font);
+    Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
+    PopFont();
+
+    // Display details
+    SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8);
+    DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");
+    SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker(
+        "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"
+        "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "
+        "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "
+        "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"
+        "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");
+    Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
+    char c_str[5];
+    Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar);
+    Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar);
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
+    Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);
+    for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
+        if (font->ConfigData)
+            if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
+                BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",
+                    config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);
+
+    // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
+    if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList();
+        const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+        const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
+        const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
+        for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
+        {
+            // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)
+            // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT
+            // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)
+            if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095))
+            {
+                base += 4096 - 256;
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            int count = 0;
+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+                if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)))
+                    count++;
+            if (count <= 0)
+                continue;
+            if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
+                continue;
+
+            // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs
+            ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+            {
+                // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions
+                // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.
+                ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
+                ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
+                const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));
+                draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));
+                if (glyph)
+                    font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n));
+                if (glyph && IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2))
+                {
+                    BeginTooltip();
+                    Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base + n);
+                    Separator();
+                    Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);
+                    Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
+                    Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
+                    Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
+                    EndTooltip();
+                }
+            }
+            Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
+
 // [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage
 void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)
 {
@@ -16943,9 +17258,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* la
 #else
 
 void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {}
diff --git a/imgui/imgui.h b/imgui/imgui.h
index dc00f86c..99106b57 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui.h
+++ b/imgui/imgui.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.83
+// dear imgui, v1.84
 // (headers)
 
 // Help:
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 // - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.org/faq
 // - Homepage & latest     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
 // - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
-// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3793 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4451 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
 // - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
 // - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
 // - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ Index of this file:
 
 // Version
 // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens)
-#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.83"
-#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           18300
+#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.84.1"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           18403
 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
 #define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT          // Viewport WIP branch
@@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ Index of this file:
 #endif
 
 // Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
-#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__clang__)
-#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
-#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
-#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__MINGW32__)
+#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__)
 #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
 #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0)))
+#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__))
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
 #else
 #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
 #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
@@ -352,7 +352,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API float         GetWindowHeight();                          // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y)
     IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*GetWindowViewport();                        // get viewport currently associated to the current window.
 
-    // Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin).
+    // Window manipulation
+    // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin).
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc.
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
@@ -365,7 +366,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                      // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                     // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus();                                                           // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                            // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                            // [OBSOLETE] set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes().
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);      // set named window position.
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);    // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);   // set named window collapsed state
@@ -415,6 +416,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          PopTextWrapPos();
 
     // Style read access
+    // - Use the style editor (ShowStyleEditor() function) to interactively see what the colors are)
     IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetFont();                                                      // get current font
     IMGUI_API float         GetFontSize();                                                  // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                       // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
@@ -455,11 +457,15 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API float         GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();                                    // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets)
 
     // ID stack/scopes
-    // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most
-    //   likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
-    // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack.
+    // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.org/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui.
+    // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system:
+    //   - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?"
+    //   - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?"
+    //   - "Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?"
+    // - Short version: ID are hashes of the entire ID stack. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely
+    //   want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
     // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
-    // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID,
+    // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed + used as an ID,
     //   whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed.
     IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                     // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
     IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);       // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
@@ -664,12 +670,14 @@ namespace ImGui
     //  - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered().
     //  - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack.
     //    This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future.
+
     // Popups: begin/end functions
     //  - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window.
     //  - BeginPopupModal(): block every interactions behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar.
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);                         // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it.
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it.
     IMGUI_API void          EndPopup();                                                                         // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true!
+
     // Popups: open/close functions
     //  - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options.
     //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
@@ -681,6 +689,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0);                             // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks
     IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);   // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors)
     IMGUI_API void          CloseCurrentPopup();                                                                // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into.
+
     // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers
     //  - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking.
     //  - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name.
@@ -689,6 +698,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);  // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window.
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);  // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows).
+
     // Popups: query functions
     //  - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
     //  - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
@@ -725,6 +735,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row.
     IMGUI_API bool          TableNextColumn();                          // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible.
     IMGUI_API bool          TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n);          // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible.
+
     // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration
     // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc.
     // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column.
@@ -737,6 +748,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
     IMGUI_API void          TableHeadersRow();                          // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu
     IMGUI_API void          TableHeader(const char* label);             // submit one header cell manually (rarely used)
+
     // Tables: Sorting
     // - Call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting.
     // - When 'SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have changed
@@ -744,6 +756,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     //   wastefully sort your data every frame!
     // - Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable().
     IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs*  TableGetSortSpecs();                        // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting).
+
     // Tables: Miscellaneous functions
     // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index.
     IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnCount();                      // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable)
@@ -751,10 +764,10 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API int                   TableGetRowIndex();                         // return current row index.
     IMGUI_API const char*           TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1);      // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column.
     IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1);     // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column.
-    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change enabled/disabled state of a column, set to false to hide the column. Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
     IMGUI_API void                  TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1);  // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details.
 
-    // Legacy Columns API (2020: prefer using Tables!)
+    // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!)
     // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns.
     IMGUI_API void          Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);
     IMGUI_API void          NextColumn();                                                       // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished
@@ -779,13 +792,17 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Note: You can use most Docking facilities without calling any API. You DO NOT need to call DockSpace() to use Docking!
     // - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking.
     // - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows).
-    // About DockSpace:
+    // About dockspaces:
     // - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window. See Docking demo for details.
-    // - DockSpace() needs to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. If you use a dockspace, submit it early in your app.
+    // - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport.
+    //   This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode.
+    // - Important: Dockspaces need to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. Submit it early in your frame!
+    // - Important: Dockspaces need to be kept alive if hidden, otherwise windows docked into it will be undocked.
+    //   e.g. if you have multiple tabs with a dockspace inside each tab: submit the non-visible dockspaces with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly.
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond = 0);           // set next window dock id (FIXME-DOCK)
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class);           // set next window class (rare/advanced uses: provide hints to the platform backend via altered viewport flags and parent/child info)
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond = 0);           // set next window dock id
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class);           // set next window class (control docking compatibility + provide hints to platform backend via custom viewport flags and platform parent/child relationship)
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowDockID();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowDocked();                                                   // is current window docked into another window?
 
@@ -812,6 +829,12 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void                  EndDragDropTarget();                                                            // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
     IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   GetDragDropPayload();                                                           // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.
 
+    // Disabling [BETA API]
+    // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors)
+    // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true);
+    IMGUI_API void          EndDisabled();
+
     // Clipping
     // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only.
     IMGUI_API void          PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
@@ -913,6 +936,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Settings/.Ini Utilities
     // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
     // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
+    // - Important: default value "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir! Most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
     IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename);                  // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename).
     IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source.
     IMGUI_API void          SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename);                    // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext).
@@ -970,7 +994,7 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16,  // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs            = 1 << 18,  // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 19,  // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB)
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument        = 1 << 20,  // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to cancel the closure (with a confirmation popup, etc.) without flicker.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument        = 1 << 20,  // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking              = 1 << 21,  // Disable docking of this window
 
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav                  = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
@@ -1111,7 +1135,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_
 enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_
 {
     ImGuiTabItemFlags_None                          = 0,
-    ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument               = 1 << 0,   // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. Also: tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to undo it without flicker.
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument               = 1 << 0,   // Display a dot next to the title + tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
     ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected                   = 1 << 1,   // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem()
     ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton  = 1 << 2,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
     ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId                      = 1 << 3,   // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
@@ -1205,28 +1229,30 @@ enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
 {
     // Input configuration flags
     ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None                  = 0,
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide           = 1 << 0,   // Default as a hidden/disabled column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort           = 1 << 1,   // Default as a sorting column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch          = 1 << 2,   // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed            = 1 << 3,   // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize              = 1 << 4,   // Disable manual resizing.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder             = 1 << 5,   // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide                = 1 << 6,   // Disable ability to hide/disable this column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip                = 1 << 7,   // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort                = 1 << 8,   // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending       = 1 << 9,   // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending      = 1 << 10,  // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth         = 1 << 11,  // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending   = 1 << 12,  // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending  = 1 << 13,  // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable          = 1 << 14,  // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable         = 1 << 15,  // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled              = 1 << 0,   // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state)
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide           = 1 << 1,   // Default as a hidden/disabled column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort           = 1 << 2,   // Default as a sorting column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch          = 1 << 3,   // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed            = 1 << 4,   // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize              = 1 << 5,   // Disable manual resizing.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder             = 1 << 6,   // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide                = 1 << 7,   // Disable ability to hide/disable this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip                = 1 << 8,   // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort                = 1 << 9,   // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending       = 1 << 10,  // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending      = 1 << 11,  // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel         = 1 << 12,  // TableHeadersRow() will not submit label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth         = 1 << 13,  // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending   = 1 << 14,  // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending  = 1 << 15,  // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable          = 1 << 16,  // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable         = 1 << 17,  // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored.
 
     // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags()
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled             = 1 << 20,  // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible             = 1 << 21,  // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted              = 1 << 22,  // Status: is currently part of the sort specs
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered             = 1 << 23,  // Status: is hovered by mouse
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled             = 1 << 24,  // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible             = 1 << 25,  // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted              = 1 << 26,  // Status: is currently part of the sort specs
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered             = 1 << 27,  // Status: is hovered by mouse
 
     // [Internal] Combinations and masks
     ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_            = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,
@@ -1428,13 +1454,12 @@ enum ImGuiNavInput_
 
     // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them.
     // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from io.KeysDown[] instead of io.NavInputs[].
-    ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_,      // toggle menu                                  // = io.KeyAlt
     ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_,      // move left                                    // = Arrow keys
     ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_,     // move right
     ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_,        // move up
     ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_,      // move down
     ImGuiNavInput_COUNT,
-    ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_ = ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_
+    ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_ = ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_
 };
 
 // Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application.
@@ -1549,6 +1574,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_
 {
     // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
     ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,               // float     Alpha
+    ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha,       // float     DisabledAlpha
     ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,       // ImVec2    WindowPadding
     ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,      // float     WindowRounding
     ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize,    // float     WindowBorderSize
@@ -1620,13 +1646,13 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
 
     // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to
     // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup.
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
 
     // [Internal] Masks
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask    = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex,
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask   = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float,
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask     = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask      = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_    = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_   = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_     = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_      = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV
 
     // Obsolete names (will be removed)
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
@@ -1737,7 +1763,11 @@ struct ImVector
     inline ImVector()                                       { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
     inline ImVector(const ImVector<T>& src)                 { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
     inline ImVector<T>& operator=(const ImVector<T>& src)   { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; }
-    inline ~ImVector()                                      { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); }
+    inline ~ImVector()                                      { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything
+
+    inline void         clear()                             { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } }  // Important: does not destruct anything
+    inline void         clear_delete()                      { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); }     // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
+    inline void         clear_destruct()                    { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); }           // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
 
     inline bool         empty() const                       { return Size == 0; }
     inline int          size() const                        { return Size; }
@@ -1747,7 +1777,6 @@ struct ImVector
     inline T&           operator[](int i)                   { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
     inline const T&     operator[](int i) const             { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
 
-    inline void         clear()                             { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } }
     inline T*           begin()                             { return Data; }
     inline const T*     begin() const                       { return Data; }
     inline T*           end()                               { return Data + Size; }
@@ -1792,6 +1821,7 @@ IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
 struct ImGuiStyle
 {
     float       Alpha;                      // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
+    float       DisabledAlpha;              // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
     ImVec2      WindowPadding;              // Padding within a window.
     float       WindowRounding;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
     float       WindowBorderSize;           // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
@@ -1854,7 +1884,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     ImVec2      DisplaySize;                    // <unset>          // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size)
     float       DeltaTime;                      // = 1.0f/60.0f     // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
     float       IniSavingRate;                  // = 5.0f           // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
-    const char* IniFilename;                    // = "imgui.ini"    // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory.
+    const char* IniFilename;                    // = "imgui.ini"    // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions.
     const char* LogFilename;                    // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
     float       MouseDoubleClickTime;           // = 0.30f          // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
     float       MouseDoubleClickMaxDist;        // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
@@ -1928,7 +1958,9 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c);          // Queue new character input
     IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c);        // Queue new character input from an UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate
     IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str);    // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string
-    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputCharacters();                     // Clear the text input buffer manually
+    IMGUI_API void  AddFocusEvent(bool focused);                // Notifies Dear ImGui when hosting platform windows lose or gain input focus
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputCharacters();                     // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputKeys();                           // [Internal] Release all keys
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
     // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render()
@@ -1956,6 +1988,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
     ImGuiKeyModFlags KeyMods;                   // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame()
+    ImGuiKeyModFlags KeyModsPrev;               // Previous key mods
     ImVec2      MousePosPrev;                   // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
     ImVec2      MouseClickedPos[5];             // Position at time of clicking
     double      MouseClickedTime[5];            // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
@@ -1973,6 +2006,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     float       NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];
     float       NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];
     float       PenPressure;                    // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui.
+    bool        AppFocusLost;
     ImWchar16   InputQueueSurrogate;            // For AddInputCharacterUTF16
     ImVector<ImWchar> InputQueueCharacters;     // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
 
@@ -2046,7 +2080,6 @@ struct ImGuiWindowClass
     ImGuiViewportFlags  ViewportFlagsOverrideClear; // Viewport flags to clear when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis.
     ImGuiTabItemFlags   TabItemFlagsOverrideSet;    // [EXPERIMENTAL] TabItem flags to set when a window of this class gets submitted into a dock node tab bar. May use with ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading or ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing.
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags  DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Dock node flags to set when a window of this class is hosted by a dock node (it doesn't have to be selected!)
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags  DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear; // [EXPERIMENTAL]
     bool                DockingAlwaysTabBar;        // Set to true to enforce single floating windows of this class always having their own docking node (equivalent of setting the global io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar)
     bool                DockingAllowUnclassed;      // Set to true to allow windows of this class to be docked/merged with an unclassed window. // FIXME-DOCK: Move to DockNodeFlags override?
 
@@ -2559,6 +2592,7 @@ struct ImDrawList
     IMGUI_API void  _ResetForNewFrame();
     IMGUI_API void  _ClearFreeMemory();
     IMGUI_API void  _PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+    IMGUI_API void  _TryMergeDrawCmds();
     IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedClipRect();
     IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedTextureID();
     IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedVtxOffset();
@@ -2710,7 +2744,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     IMGUI_API bool              Build();                    // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 1 byte per-pixel
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 4 bytes-per-pixel
-    bool                        IsBuilt() const             { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); }
+    bool                        IsBuilt() const             { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't built texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent...
     void                        SetTexID(ImTextureID id)    { TexID = id; }
 
     //-------------------------------------------
@@ -2760,6 +2794,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
 
     // [Internal]
     // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
+    bool                        TexReady;           // Set when texture was built matching current font input
     bool                        TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format.
     unsigned char*              TexPixelsAlpha8;    // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
     unsigned int*               TexPixelsRGBA32;    // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
@@ -2782,7 +2817,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
     typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect    CustomRect;         // OBSOLETED in 1.72+
-    typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+
+    //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+
 #endif
 };
 
@@ -2804,8 +2839,9 @@ struct ImFont
     ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     // 4-8   // out //            // What we has been loaded into
     const ImFontConfig*         ConfigData;         // 4-8   // in  //            // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
     short                       ConfigDataCount;    // 2     // in  // ~ 1        // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
-    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // 2     // in  // = '?'      // Replacement character if a glyph isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
-    ImWchar                     EllipsisChar;       // 2     // out // = -1       // Character used for ellipsis rendering.
+    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // 2     // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found.
+    ImWchar                     EllipsisChar;       // 2     // out // = '...'    // Character used for ellipsis rendering.
+    ImWchar                     DotChar;            // 2     // out // = '.'      // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found)
     bool                        DirtyLookupTables;  // 1     // out //
     float                       Scale;              // 4     // in  // = 1.f      // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
     float                       Ascent, Descent;    // 4+4   // out //            // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
@@ -2835,7 +2871,6 @@ struct ImFont
     IMGUI_API void              AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
     IMGUI_API void              AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
     IMGUI_API void              SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible);
-    IMGUI_API void              SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
     IMGUI_API bool              IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last);
 };
 
@@ -3061,8 +3096,18 @@ namespace ImGui
     static inline void  SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); }
     // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
     static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth()        { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; }
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
-    static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList()          { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }
+
+    // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE)
+    //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList()            { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }                         // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
+    //static inline void  SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f)     { SetScrollHereY(ratio); }                                  // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018)
+    //static inline bool  IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange()        { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); }                    // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018)
+    //static inline bool  IsAnyWindowFocused()                  { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); }    // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018)
+    //static inline bool  IsAnyWindowHovered()                  { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }    // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018)
+    //static inline void  ShowTestWindow()                      { return ShowDemoWindow(); }                                // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowFocused()                 { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); }   // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()       { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline void  SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w)    { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); }              // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+    //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()       { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); }                     // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
 }
 
 // OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect()
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
index 27e86415..10f72839 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.83
+// dear imgui, v1.84
 // (demo code)
 
 // Help:
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ Index of this file:
 // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables()
 // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowMisc()
 // [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow()
-// [SECTION] Font Viewer / ShowFontAtlas()
 // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole()
@@ -333,6 +332,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
     static bool no_background = false;
     static bool no_bring_to_front = false;
     static bool no_docking = false;
+    static bool unsaved_document = false;
 
     ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0;
     if (no_titlebar)        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
@@ -345,6 +345,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
     if (no_background)      window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground;
     if (no_bring_to_front)  window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus;
     if (no_docking)         window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    if (unsaved_document)   window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument;
     if (no_close)           p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin
 
     // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file.
@@ -505,7 +506,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
         {
             HelpMarker(
                 "Those flags are set by the backends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\n"
-                "Here we expose then as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend.");
+                "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend.");
 
             // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags.
             ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags;
@@ -562,6 +563,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background);
             ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front);
             ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No docking", &no_docking);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("Unsaved document", &unsaved_document);
             ImGui::EndTable();
         }
     }
@@ -583,6 +585,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
     if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets"))
         return;
 
+    static bool disable_all = false; // The Checkbox for that is inside the "Disabled" section at the bottom
+    if (disable_all)
+        ImGui::BeginDisabled();
+
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
     {
         static int clicked = 0;
@@ -1079,8 +1085,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         // stored in the object itself, etc.)
         const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
         static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index.
-        const char* combo_label = items[item_current_idx];  // Label to preview before opening the combo (technically it could be anything)
-        if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_label, flags))
+        const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx];  // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could be anything)
+        if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags))
         {
             for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
             {
@@ -1096,10 +1102,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         }
 
         // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string
+        // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time.
         static int item_current_2 = 0;
         ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
 
         // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char*
+        // This is not very useful (may obsolete): prefer using BeginCombo()/EndCombo() for full control.
         static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview
         ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
 
@@ -1166,7 +1174,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false };
             ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]);
             ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]);
-            ImGui::Text("3. I am not selectable");
+            ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)");
             ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]);
             if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick))
                 if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0))
@@ -1216,7 +1224,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         {
             static bool selected[10] = {};
 
-            if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+            if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
             {
                 for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
                 {
@@ -1227,8 +1235,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 }
                 ImGui::EndTable();
             }
-            ImGui::Separator();
-            if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+            ImGui::Spacing();
+            if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
             {
                 for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
                 {
@@ -2229,24 +2237,28 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Status (Edited/Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)"))
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)"))
     {
         // Select an item type
         const char* item_names[] =
         {
             "Text", "Button", "Button (w/ repeat)", "Checkbox", "SliderFloat", "InputText", "InputFloat",
-            "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox"
+            "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "Selectable", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox"
         };
-        static int item_type = 1;
+        static int item_type = 4;
+        static bool item_disabled = false;
         ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, item_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names), IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names));
         ImGui::SameLine();
         HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered().");
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled",  &item_disabled);
 
         // Submit selected item item so we can query their status in the code following it.
         bool ret = false;
         static bool b = false;
         static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f };
         static char str[16] = {};
+        if (item_disabled)
+            ImGui::BeginDisabled(true);
         if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); }                                              // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction
         if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); }                                    // Testing button
         if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater)
@@ -2256,11 +2268,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); }               // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input
         if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); }                   // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
         if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); }                     // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
-        if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); }                                // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy)
-        if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); }     // Testing tree node
-        if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy.
-        if (item_type == 12){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
-        if (item_type == 13){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
+        if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::Selectable("ITEM: Selectable"); }                            // Testing selectable item
+        if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); }                                // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy)
+        if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); }     // Testing tree node
+        if (item_type == 12){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy.
+        if (item_type == 13){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
+        if (item_type == 14){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
 
         // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions.
         // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined.
@@ -2273,6 +2286,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
             "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n"
             "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n"
+            "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n"
             "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n"
             "IsItemActive() = %d\n"
             "IsItemEdited() = %d\n"
@@ -2291,6 +2305,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
             ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
             ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped),
+            ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled),
             ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly),
             ImGui::IsItemActive(),
             ImGui::IsItemEdited(),
@@ -2305,6 +2320,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y
         );
 
+        if (item_disabled)
+            ImGui::EndDisabled();
+
         static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false;
         ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window (for additional testing)", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window);
         if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
@@ -2377,6 +2395,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
+
+    // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd:
+    // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space)
+    if (disable_all)
+        ImGui::EndDisabled();
+
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block"))
+    {
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section.");
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
 }
 
 static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
@@ -2446,7 +2476,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
         //   You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively
         //   layout from this position.
         // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from
-        //   the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)' for details.
+        //   the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details.
         {
             static int offset_x = 0;
             ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
@@ -3552,6 +3582,7 @@ static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags)
 
 static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags)
 {
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Disabled", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Master disable flag (also hide from context menu)");
     ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide);
     ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort);
     if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthStretch", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
@@ -3565,6 +3596,7 @@ static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags)
     ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort);
     ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending);
     ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderLabel", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel);
     ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderWidth", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth);
     ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending);
     ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending);
@@ -5819,15 +5851,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open)
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Font viewer / ShowFontAtlas()
+// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - ShowFontSelector()
-// - ShowFont()
-// - ShowFontAtlas()
+// - ShowStyleSelector()
+// - ShowStyleEditor()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// This isn't worth putting in public API but we want Metrics to use it
-namespace ImGui { void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); }
+// Forward declare ShowFontAtlas() which isn't worth putting in public API yet
+namespace ImGui { IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); }
 
 // Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts.
 // Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is more the more flexible one.
@@ -5855,124 +5887,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label)
         "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame().");
 }
 
-// [Internal] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().
-static void ShowFont(ImFont* font)
-{
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
-    bool font_details_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",
-        font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
-    ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) { io.FontDefault = font; }
-    if (!font_details_opened)
-        return;
-
-    // Display preview text
-    ImGui::PushFont(font);
-    ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
-    ImGui::PopFont();
-
-    // Display details
-    ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
-    ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");   // Scale only this font
-    ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
-        "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"
-        "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "
-        "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "
-        "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"
-        "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");
-    ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
-    ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar);
-    ImGui::Text("Ellipsis character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->EllipsisChar, font->EllipsisChar);
-    const int surface_sqrt = (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
-    ImGui::Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);
-    for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
-        if (font->ConfigData)
-            if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
-                ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",
-                    config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);
-
-    // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
-    {
-        const ImU32 glyph_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
-        for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
-        {
-            // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)
-            // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT
-            // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)
-            if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095))
-            {
-                base += 4096 - 256;
-                continue;
-            }
-
-            int count = 0;
-            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
-                if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)))
-                    count++;
-            if (count <= 0)
-                continue;
-            if (!ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
-                continue;
-            float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
-            float cell_spacing = style.ItemSpacing.y;
-            ImVec2 base_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
-            ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
-            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
-            {
-                // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions
-                // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.
-                ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
-                ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
-                const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));
-                draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));
-                if (glyph)
-                    font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n));
-                if (glyph && ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2))
-                {
-                    ImGui::BeginTooltip();
-                    ImGui::Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base + n);
-                    ImGui::Separator();
-                    ImGui::Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);
-                    ImGui::Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
-                    ImGui::Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
-                    ImGui::Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
-                    ImGui::EndTooltip();
-                }
-            }
-            ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
-            ImGui::TreePop();
-        }
-        ImGui::TreePop();
-    }
-    ImGui::TreePop();
-}
-
-void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
-{
-    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
-    {
-        ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
-        ImGui::PushID(font);
-        ShowFont(font);
-        ImGui::PopID();
-    }
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
-    {
-        ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
-        ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);
-        ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), tint_col, border_col);
-        ImGui::TreePop();
-    }
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - ShowStyleSelector()
-// - ShowStyleEditor()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options.
 // Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string.
 // Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally.
@@ -6227,6 +6141,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
             HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tesselation will be calculated automatically.");
 
             ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero.
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Disabled Alpha", &style.DisabledAlpha, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Additional alpha multiplier for disabled items (multiply over current value of Alpha).");
             ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
             ImGui::EndTabItem();
@@ -6892,6 +6807,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true);
             for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
             {
+                // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav
                 char label[128];
                 sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i);
                 if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i))
@@ -7520,13 +7436,23 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Demonstrate using DockSpace() to create an explicit docking node within an existing window.
-// Note that you dock windows into each others _without_ a dockspace, by just clicking on
-// a window title bar or tab and moving it.
-// DockSpace() and DockSpaceOverViewport() are only useful to construct a central docking
-// location for your application.
+// Note: You can use most Docking facilities without calling any API. You DO NOT need to call DockSpace() to use Docking!
+// - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking.
+// - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows).
+// About dockspaces:
+// - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window.
+// - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport.
+//   This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode.
+// - Important: Dockspaces need to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. Submit it early in your frame! (*)
+// - Important: Dockspaces need to be kept alive if hidden, otherwise windows docked into it will be undocked.
+//   e.g. if you have multiple tabs with a dockspace inside each tab: submit the non-visible dockspaces with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly.
+// (*) because of this constraint, the implicit \"Debug\" window can not be docked into an explicit DockSpace() node,
+// because that window is submitted as part of the part of the NewFrame() call. An easy workaround is that you can create
+// your own implicit "Debug##2" window after calling DockSpace() and leave it in the window stack for anyone to use.
 void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open)
 {
-    // In 99% case you should be able to just call DockSpaceOverViewport() and ignore all the code below!
+    // If you strip some features of, this demo is pretty much equivalent to calling DockSpaceOverViewport()!
+    // In most cases you should be able to just call DockSpaceOverViewport() and ignore all the code below!
     // In this specific demo, we are not using DockSpaceOverViewport() because:
     // - we allow the host window to be floating/moveable instead of filling the viewport (when opt_fullscreen == false)
     // - we allow the host window to have padding (when opt_padding == true)
@@ -7580,7 +7506,7 @@ void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open)
     if (opt_fullscreen)
         ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
 
-    // DockSpace
+    // Submit the DockSpace
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)
     {
@@ -7619,10 +7545,8 @@ void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open)
             "- Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows)." "\n"
             "- Hold SHIFT to disable docking." "\n"
             "This demo app has nothing to do with it!" "\n\n"
-            "This demo app only demonstrate the use of ImGui::DockSpace() which allows you to manually create a docking node _within_ another window. This is useful so you can decorate your main application window (e.g. with a menu bar)." "\n\n"
-            "ImGui::DockSpace() comes with one hard constraint: it needs to be submitted _before_ any window which may be docked into it. Therefore, if you use a dock spot as the central point of your application, you'll probably want it to be part of the very first window you are submitting to imgui every frame." "\n\n"
-            "(NB: because of this constraint, the implicit \"Debug\" window can not be docked into an explicit DockSpace() node, because that window is submitted as part of the NewFrame() call. An easy workaround is that you can create your own implicit \"Debug##2\" window after calling DockSpace() and leave it in the window stack for anyone to use.)"
-        );
+            "This demo app only demonstrate the use of ImGui::DockSpace() which allows you to manually create a docking node _within_ another window." "\n\n"
+            "Read comments in ShowExampleAppDockSpace() for more details.");
 
         ImGui::EndMenuBar();
     }
@@ -7803,6 +7727,16 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
 
     ImGui::Separator();
 
+    // About the ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument / ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument flags.
+    // They have multiple effects:
+    // - Display a dot next to the title.
+    // - Tab is selected when clicking the X close button.
+    // - Closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab).
+    //   Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
+    //   We need to assume closure by default otherwise waiting for "lack of submission" on the next frame would leave an empty
+    //   hole for one-frame, both in the tab-bar and in tab-contents when closing a tab/window.
+    //   The rarely used SetTabItemClosed() function is a way to notify of programmatic closure to avoid the one-frame hole.
+
     // Tabs
     if (opt_target == Target_Tab)
     {
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
index 0616730b..dbcf57fd 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.83
+// dear imgui, v1.84
 // (drawing and font code)
 
 /*
@@ -497,6 +497,18 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data)
 #define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS)   (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize))    // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
 #define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC)      (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize))    // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
 
+// Try to merge two last draw commands
+void ImDrawList::_TryMergeDrawCmds()
+{
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, prev_cmd) == 0 && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
+        prev_cmd->ElemCount += curr_cmd->ElemCount;
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+    }
+}
+
 // Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack.
 // The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only.
 void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect()
@@ -699,10 +711,11 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c
 }
 
 // On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds.
-// Those macros expects l-values.
-#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY)     do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } while (0)
+// - Those macros expects l-values and need to be used as their own statement.
+// - Those macros are intentionally not surrounded by the 'do {} while (0)' idiom because even that translates to runtime with debug compilers.
+#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY)     { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } (void)0
 #define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2          100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366)
-#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY)               do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } while (0)
+#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY)               { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } (void)0
 
 // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
 // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
@@ -1472,24 +1485,22 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int nu
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f)
         return;
 
-    // Obtain segment count
     if (num_segments <= 0)
     {
-        // Automatic segment count
-        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+        // Use arc with automatic segment count
+        _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
+        _Path.Size--;
     }
     else
     {
         // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
         num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
-    }
 
-    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
-    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    if (num_segments == 12)
-        PathArcToFast(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, 12 - 1);
-    else
+        // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+        const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
         PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    }
+
     PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
 }
 
@@ -1498,24 +1509,22 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col,
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f)
         return;
 
-    // Obtain segment count
     if (num_segments <= 0)
     {
-        // Automatic segment count
-        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+        // Use arc with automatic segment count
+        _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
+        _Path.Size--;
     }
     else
     {
         // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
         num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
-    }
 
-    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
-    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    if (num_segments == 12)
-        PathArcToFast(center, radius, 0, 12 - 1);
-    else
+        // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+        const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
         PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    }
+
     PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
@@ -1995,6 +2004,7 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
     ConfigData.clear();
     CustomRects.clear();
     PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
+    TexReady = false;
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
@@ -2007,14 +2017,14 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
     TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
     TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
     TexPixelsUseColors = false;
+    // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
 {
     IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
-    for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++)
-        IM_DELETE(Fonts[i]);
-    Fonts.clear();
+    Fonts.clear_delete();
+    TexReady = false;
 }
 
 void    ImFontAtlas::Clear()
@@ -2028,11 +2038,7 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
 {
     // Build atlas on demand
     if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL)
-    {
-        if (ConfigData.empty())
-            AddFontDefault();
         Build();
-    }
 
     *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
     if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
@@ -2091,6 +2097,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg)
         new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar;
 
     // Invalidate texture
+    TexReady = false;
     ClearTexData();
     return new_font_cfg.DstFont;
 }
@@ -2162,7 +2169,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
     font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data;
     font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size;
-    font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels;
+    font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels;
     if (glyph_ranges)
         font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges;
     return AddFont(&font_cfg);
@@ -2253,6 +2260,10 @@ bool    ImFontAtlas::Build()
 {
     IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
 
+    // Default font is none are specified
+    if (ConfigData.Size == 0)
+        AddFontDefault();
+
     // Select builder
     // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which
     //   may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are
@@ -2574,9 +2585,8 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
         }
     }
 
-    // Cleanup temporary (ImVector doesn't honor destructor)
-    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
-        src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcData();
+    // Cleanup
+    src_tmp_array.clear_destruct();
 
     ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas);
     return true;
@@ -2792,22 +2802,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
         if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables)
             atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable();
 
-    // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis).
-    // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character.
-    // FIXME: Also note that 0x2026 is currently seldom included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots.
-    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.size(); i++)
-    {
-        ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
-        if (font->EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1)
-            continue;
-        const ImWchar ellipsis_variants[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 };
-        for (int j = 0; j < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_variants); j++)
-            if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(ellipsis_variants[j]) != NULL) // Verify glyph exists
-            {
-                font->EllipsisChar = ellipsis_variants[j];
-                break;
-            }
-    }
+    atlas->TexReady = true;
 }
 
 // Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive)
@@ -2828,6 +2823,7 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean()
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
         0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets
         0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
         0,
     };
     return &ranges[0];
@@ -2842,6 +2838,7 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull()
         0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
         0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
         0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms
         0,
     };
@@ -2918,7 +2915,8 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
         0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
         0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
-        0xFF00, 0xFFEF  // Half-width characters
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD  // Invalid
     };
     static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 };
     if (!full_ranges[0])
@@ -3007,7 +3005,8 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
         0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
-        0xFF00, 0xFFEF  // Half-width characters
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD  // Invalid
     };
     static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 };
     if (!full_ranges[0])
@@ -3106,8 +3105,9 @@ ImFont::ImFont()
 {
     FontSize = 0.0f;
     FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
-    FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?';
+    FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1;
     EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    DotChar = (ImWchar)-1;
     FallbackGlyph = NULL;
     ContainerAtlas = NULL;
     ConfigData = NULL;
@@ -3138,6 +3138,14 @@ void    ImFont::ClearOutputData()
     MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
 }
 
+static ImWchar FindFirstExistingGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImWchar* candidate_chars, int candidate_chars_count)
+{
+    for (int n = 0; n < candidate_chars_count; n++)
+        if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(candidate_chars[n]) != NULL)
+            return candidate_chars[n];
+    return (ImWchar)-1;
+}
+
 void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
 {
     int max_codepoint = 0;
@@ -3180,9 +3188,31 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
     SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false);
     SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false);
 
-    // Setup fall-backs
+    // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis).
+    // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character.
+    // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots.
+    const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 };
+    const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E };
+    if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars));
+    if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars));
+
+    // Setup fallback character
+    const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' };
     FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
-    FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX : 0.0f;
+    if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
+    {
+        FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars));
+        FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
+        if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
+        {
+            FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back();
+            FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint;
+        }
+    }
+
+    FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX;
     for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++)
         if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f)
             IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX;
@@ -3207,12 +3237,6 @@ void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible)
         glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
-void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c)
-{
-    FallbackChar = c;
-    BuildLookupTable();
-}
-
 void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size);
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/imgui/imgui_internal.h
index 1816d795..28a5b458 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_internal.h
+++ b/imgui/imgui_internal.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.83
+// dear imgui, v1.84
 // (internal structures/api)
 
 // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Index of this file:
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_VERSION
-#error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h
+#include "imgui.h"
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>      // FILE*, sscanf
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #include <limits.h>     // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
 
 // Enable SSE intrinsics if available
-#if defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64
+#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE)
 #define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
 #include <immintrin.h>
 #endif
@@ -63,7 +63,9 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma warning (disable: 4251)     // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
 #pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
 #pragma warning (disable: 26495)    // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
-
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
 #endif
 
 // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
@@ -86,6 +88,13 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"      // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
+// Helper macros
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_NORETURN     __attribute__((noreturn))
+#else
+#define IM_NORETURN
+#endif
+
 // Legacy defines
 #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS            // Renamed in 1.74
 #error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
@@ -118,7 +127,7 @@ struct ImGuiDockNode;               // Docking system node (hold a list of Windo
 struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings;       // Storage for a dock node in .ini file (we preserve those even if the associated dock node isn't active during the session)
 struct ImGuiGroupData;              // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
 struct ImGuiInputTextState;         // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
-struct ImGuiLastItemDataBackup;     // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data
+struct ImGuiLastItemData;           // Status storage for last submitted items
 struct ImGuiMenuColumns;            // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only
 struct ImGuiNavItemData;            // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result
 struct ImGuiMetricsConfig;          // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions
@@ -334,12 +343,13 @@ static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankA(char c)          { return c == ' ' || c =
 static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c)  { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
 
 // Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);      // return output UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);          // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                            // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                   // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c);                                                      // return out_buf
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);   // return output UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);               // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                                 // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                             // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
 
 // Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
 // We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.)
@@ -621,20 +631,30 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImPool
     ImVector<T>     Buf;        // Contiguous data
     ImGuiStorage    Map;        // ID->Index
     ImPoolIdx       FreeIdx;    // Next free idx to use
+    ImPoolIdx       AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose)
 
-    ImPool()    { FreeIdx = 0; }
+    ImPool()    { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
     ~ImPool()   { Clear(); }
     T*          GetByKey(ImGuiID key)               { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; }
     T*          GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n)             { return &Buf[n]; }
     ImPoolIdx   GetIndex(const T* p) const          { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); }
     T*          GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key)          { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); }
     bool        Contains(const T* p) const          { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
-    void        Clear()                             { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = 0; }
-    T*          Add()                               { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); return &Buf[idx]; }
+    void        Clear()                             { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
+    T*          Add()                               { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); AliveCount++; return &Buf[idx]; }
     void        Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p)     { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); }
-    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx)  { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); }
+    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx)  { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); AliveCount--; }
     void        Reserve(int capacity)               { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); }
-    int         GetSize() const                     { return Buf.Size; }
+
+    // To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... }
+    // Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize()
+    int         GetAliveCount() const               { return AliveCount; }      // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose)
+    int         GetBufSize() const                  { return Buf.Size; }
+    int         GetMapSize() const                  { return Map.Data.Size; }   // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere
+    T*          TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n)          { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); }
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    int         GetSize()                           { return GetMapSize(); } // For ImPlot: should use GetMapSize() from (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18304)
+#endif
 };
 
 // Helper: ImChunkStream<>
@@ -732,14 +752,14 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder
 enum ImGuiItemFlags_
 {
     ImGuiItemFlags_None                     = 0,
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                = 1 << 0,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat             = 1 << 1,  // false    // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
-    ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                 = 1 << 2,  // false    // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                    = 1 << 3,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus        = 1 << 4,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5,  // false    // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window
-    ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue               = 1 << 6,  // false    // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
-    ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly                 = 1 << 7   // false    // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                = 1 << 0,  // false     // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat             = 1 << 1,  // false     // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                 = 1 << 2,  // false     // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                    = 1 << 3,  // false     // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus        = 1 << 4,  // false     // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5,  // false     // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window
+    ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue               = 1 << 6,  // false     // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly                 = 1 << 7   // false     // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
 };
 
 // Flags for ItemAdd()
@@ -797,7 +817,7 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
     ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren        = 1 << 11,  // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping
     ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap       = 1 << 12,  // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap()
     ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 13,  // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED]
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled               = 1 << 14,  // disable interactions
+    //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled             = 1 << 14,  // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled
     ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 15,  // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
     ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 16,  // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
     ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId      = 1 << 17,  // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
@@ -807,6 +827,12 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
     ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_      = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease
 };
 
+// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_
+enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview           = 1 << 20   // enable BeginComboPreview()
+};
+
 // Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_
 enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_
 {
@@ -819,12 +845,13 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
 {
     // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_
     ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID      = 1 << 20,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick          = 1 << 21,  // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release)
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease        = 1 << 22,  // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release)
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth         = 1 << 23,  // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus)
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld    = 1 << 24,  // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow.
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover        = 1 << 25,  // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem)
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing   = 1 << 26   // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav            = 1 << 21,  // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a BeginSelection() API.
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick          = 1 << 22,  // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease        = 1 << 23,  // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth         = 1 << 24,  // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld    = 1 << 25,  // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow.
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover        = 1 << 26,  // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing   = 1 << 27   // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f
 };
 
 // Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
@@ -995,6 +1022,19 @@ struct ImGuiStyleMod
     ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v)  { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; }
 };
 
+// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview()
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData
+{
+    ImRect          PreviewRect;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorPos;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorMaxPos;
+    ImVec2          BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    float           BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout;
+
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
 // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData
 {
@@ -1014,14 +1054,19 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData
 // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper.
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
 {
-    float       Spacing;
-    float       Width, NextWidth;
-    float       Pos[3], NextWidths[3];
+    ImU32       TotalWidth;
+    ImU32       NextTotalWidth;
+    ImU16       Spacing;
+    ImU16       OffsetIcon;         // Always zero for now
+    ImU16       OffsetLabel;        // Offsets are locked in Update()
+    ImU16       OffsetShortcut;
+    ImU16       OffsetMark;
+    ImU16       Widths[4];          // Width of:   Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark  (accumulators for current frame)
 
     ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-    void        Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear);
-    float       DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2);
-    float       CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const;
+    void        Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing);
+    float       DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark);
+    void        CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets);
 };
 
 // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
@@ -1057,6 +1102,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
     void        CursorClamp()               { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); }
     bool        HasSelection() const        { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; }
     void        ClearSelection()            { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; }
+    int         GetCursorPos() const        { return Stb.cursor; }
+    int         GetSelectionStart() const   { return Stb.select_start; }
+    int         GetSelectionEnd() const     { return Stb.select_end; }
     void        SelectAll()                 { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; }
 };
 
@@ -1151,6 +1199,25 @@ struct ImGuiNextItemData
     inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
 };
 
+// Status storage for the last submitted item
+struct ImGuiLastItemData
+{
+    ImGuiID                 ID;
+    ImGuiItemFlags          InFlags;            // See ImGuiItemFlags_
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    StatusFlags;        // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
+    ImRect                  Rect;
+    ImRect                  DisplayRect;
+
+    ImGuiLastItemData()     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack
+struct ImGuiWindowStackData
+{
+    ImGuiWindow*            Window;
+    ImGuiLastItemData       ParentLastItemDataBackup;
+};
+
 struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
 {
     int         Index;
@@ -1250,9 +1317,10 @@ enum ImGuiDockNodeFlagsPrivate_
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe         = 1 << 17,  // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent another window/node from splitting this node.
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther      = 1 << 18,  // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node from splitting another window/node.
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe          = 1 << 19,  // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent another window/node to be docked over this node.
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther       = 1 << 20,  // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over another window/node.
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX                = 1 << 21,  // [EXPERIMENTAL]
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY                = 1 << 22,  // [EXPERIMENTAL]
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther       = 1 << 20,  // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over another window or non-empty node.
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty       = 1 << 21,  // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over an empty node (e.g. DockSpace with no other windows)
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX                = 1 << 22,  // [EXPERIMENTAL]
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY                = 1 << 23,  // [EXPERIMENTAL]
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_  = ~0,
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_       = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY,
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsMask_          = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking,
@@ -1276,12 +1344,14 @@ enum ImGuiDockNodeState
     ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible
 };
 
-// sizeof() 116~160
+// sizeof() 156~192
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode
 {
     ImGuiID                 ID;
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      SharedFlags;                // Flags shared by all nodes of a same dockspace hierarchy (inherited from the root node)
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      LocalFlags;                 // Flags specific to this node
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      SharedFlags;                // (Write) Flags shared by all nodes of a same dockspace hierarchy (inherited from the root node)
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      LocalFlags;                 // (Write) Flags specific to this node
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      LocalFlagsInWindows;        // (Write) Flags specific to this node, applied from windows
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      MergedFlags;                // (Read)  Effective flags (== SharedFlags | LocalFlagsInNode | LocalFlagsInWindows)
     ImGuiDockNodeState      State;
     ImGuiDockNode*          ParentNode;
     ImGuiDockNode*          ChildNodes[2];              // [Split node only] Child nodes (left/right or top/bottom). Consider switching to an array.
@@ -1320,16 +1390,18 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode
     ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id);
     ~ImGuiDockNode();
     bool                    IsRootNode() const      { return ParentNode == NULL; }
-    bool                    IsDockSpace() const     { return (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) != 0; }
-    bool                    IsFloatingNode() const  { return ParentNode == NULL && (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0; }
-    bool                    IsCentralNode() const   { return (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode) != 0; }
-    bool                    IsHiddenTabBar() const  { return (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar) != 0; } // Hidden tab bar can be shown back by clicking the small triangle
-    bool                    IsNoTabBar() const      { return (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar) != 0; }     // Never show a tab bar
+    bool                    IsDockSpace() const     { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) != 0; }
+    bool                    IsFloatingNode() const  { return ParentNode == NULL && (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0; }
+    bool                    IsCentralNode() const   { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode) != 0; }
+    bool                    IsHiddenTabBar() const  { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar) != 0; } // Hidden tab bar can be shown back by clicking the small triangle
+    bool                    IsNoTabBar() const      { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar) != 0; }     // Never show a tab bar
     bool                    IsSplitNode() const     { return ChildNodes[0] != NULL; }
     bool                    IsLeafNode() const      { return ChildNodes[0] == NULL; }
     bool                    IsEmpty() const         { return ChildNodes[0] == NULL && Windows.Size == 0; }
-    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      GetMergedFlags() const  { return SharedFlags | LocalFlags; }
     ImRect                  Rect() const            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
+
+    void                    SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) { LocalFlags = flags; UpdateMergedFlags(); }
+    void                    UpdateMergedFlags()     { MergedFlags = SharedFlags | LocalFlags | LocalFlagsInWindows; }
 };
 
 // List of colors that are stored at the time of Begin() into Docked Windows.
@@ -1542,7 +1614,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  Windows;                            // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsFocusOrder;                  // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front.
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsTempSortBuffer;              // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  CurrentWindowStack;
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindowStackData> CurrentWindowStack;
     ImGuiStorage            WindowsById;                        // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
     int                     WindowsActiveCount;                 // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
     ImVec2                  WindowsHoverPadding;                // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)
@@ -1556,7 +1628,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     float                   WheelingWindowTimer;
 
     // Item/widgets state and tracking information
-    ImGuiItemFlags          CurrentItemFlags;                   // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
     ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
     ImGuiID                 HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
     bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
@@ -1590,8 +1661,10 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     float                   LastActiveIdTimer;                  // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation.
 
     // Next window/item data
-    ImGuiNextWindowData     NextWindowData;                     // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
+    ImGuiItemFlags          CurrentItemFlags;                      // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
     ImGuiNextItemData       NextItemData;                       // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
+    ImGuiLastItemData       LastItemData;                       // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd)
+    ImGuiNextWindowData     NextWindowData;                     // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
 
     // Shared stacks
     ImVector<ImGuiColorMod> ColorStack;                         // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin()
@@ -1716,11 +1789,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     float                   ColorEditLastSat;                   // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
     float                   ColorEditLastColor[3];
     ImVec4                  ColorPickerRef;                     // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker.
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData   ComboPreviewData;
     float                   SliderCurrentAccum;                 // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls.
     bool                    SliderCurrentAccumDirty;            // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it?
     bool                    DragCurrentAccumDirty;
     float                   DragCurrentAccum;                   // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings
     float                   DragSpeedDefaultRatio;              // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
+    float                   DisabledAlphaBackup;                // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled()
     float                   ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
     int                     TooltipOverrideCount;
     float                   TooltipSlowDelay;                   // Time before slow tooltips appears (FIXME: This is temporary until we merge in tooltip timer+priority work)
@@ -1801,7 +1876,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         WheelingWindow = NULL;
         WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;
 
-        CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
         HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
         HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
         HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false;
@@ -1831,6 +1905,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         LastActiveId = 0;
         LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
 
+        CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
+
         CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f;
         CurrentViewport = NULL;
         MouseViewport = MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL;
@@ -1892,7 +1968,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
 
         LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
         TempInputId = 0;
-        ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault;
+        ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_;
         ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f;
         ColorEditLastColor[0] = ColorEditLastColor[1] = ColorEditLastColor[2] = FLT_MAX;
         SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
@@ -1900,6 +1976,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
         DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
         DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
+        DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f;
         ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
         TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
         TooltipSlowDelay = 0.50f;
@@ -1955,12 +2032,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
     ImVec1                  ColumnsOffset;          // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
     ImVec1                  GroupOffset;
 
-    // Last item status
-    ImGuiID                 LastItemId;             // ID for last item
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    LastItemStatusFlags;    // Status flags for last item (see ImGuiItemStatusFlags_)
-    ImRect                  LastItemRect;           // Interaction rect for last item
-    ImRect                  LastItemDisplayRect;    // End-user display rect for last item (only valid if LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect)
-
     // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation
     ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayerCurrent;        // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1)
     short                   NavLayersActiveMask;    // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame)
@@ -2098,6 +2169,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
 
     // Docking
     bool                    DockIsActive        :1;             // When docking artifacts are actually visible. When this is set, DockNode is guaranteed to be != NULL. ~~ (DockNode != NULL) && (DockNode->Windows.Size > 1).
+    bool                    DockNodeIsVisible   :1;
     bool                    DockTabIsVisible    :1;             // Is our window visible this frame? ~~ is the corresponding tab selected?
     bool                    DockTabWantClose    :1;
     short                   DockOrder;                          // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible.
@@ -2129,19 +2201,6 @@ public:
     ImRect      MenuBarRect() const     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
 };
 
-// Backup and restore just enough data to be able to use IsItemHovered() on item A after another B in the same window has overwritten the data.
-struct ImGuiLastItemDataBackup
-{
-    ImGuiID                 LastItemId;
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    LastItemStatusFlags;
-    ImRect                  LastItemRect;
-    ImRect                  LastItemDisplayRect;
-
-    ImGuiLastItemDataBackup() { Backup(); }
-    void Backup()           { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; LastItemId = window->DC.LastItemId; LastItemStatusFlags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; LastItemRect = window->DC.LastItemRect; LastItemDisplayRect = window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect; }
-    void Restore() const    { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; window->DC.LastItemId = LastItemId; window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = LastItemStatusFlags; window->DC.LastItemRect = LastItemRect; window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = LastItemDisplayRect; }
-};
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2164,7 +2223,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
     ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview                   = 1 << 23   // [Docking] Display tab shape for docking preview (height is adjusted slightly to compensate for the yet missing tab bar)
 };
 
-// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 32~40 bytes)
+// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 48 bytes)
 struct ImGuiTabItem
 {
     ImGuiID             ID;
@@ -2175,12 +2234,12 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem
     float               Offset;                 // Position relative to beginning of tab
     float               Width;                  // Width currently displayed
     float               ContentWidth;           // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call
-    ImS16               NameOffset;             // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
+    ImS32               NameOffset;             // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
     ImS16               BeginOrder;             // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable
     ImS16               IndexDuringLayout;      // Index only used during TabBarLayout()
     bool                WantClose;              // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed()
 
-    ImGuiTabItem()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; }
+    ImGuiTabItem()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; }
 };
 
 // Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes)
@@ -2224,7 +2283,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar
     {
         if (tab->Window)
             return tab->Window->Name;
-        IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && (int)tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size);
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size);
         return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset;
     }
 };
@@ -2271,10 +2330,11 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx     NextEnabledColumn;              // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;                      // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort
     ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent;            // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
-    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen;
-    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen;
-    bool                    IsEnabled;                      // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (even if off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling).
-    bool                    IsEnabledNextFrame;
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen;             // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers)
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen;           // Draw channels for unfrozen rows
+    bool                    IsEnabled;                      // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0
+    bool                    IsUserEnabled;                  // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling).
+    bool                    IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
     bool                    IsVisibleX;                     // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled).
     bool                    IsVisibleY;
     bool                    IsRequestOutput;                // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not.
@@ -2372,6 +2432,8 @@ struct ImGuiTable
     ImGuiWindow*                InnerWindow;                // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window)
     ImGuiTextBuffer             ColumnsNames;               // Contiguous buffer holding columns names
     ImDrawListSplitter*         DrawSplitter;               // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs   SortSpecsSingle;
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti;     // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
     ImGuiTableSortSpecs         SortSpecs;                  // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs()
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         SortSpecsCount;
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledCount;        // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
@@ -2421,7 +2483,6 @@ struct ImGuiTable
 // Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table).
 // - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure.
 // - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics.
-// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored here: DrawSplitter, incoming RowData?
 struct ImGuiTableTempData
 {
     int                         TableIndex;                 // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool
@@ -2429,8 +2490,6 @@ struct ImGuiTableTempData
 
     ImVec2                      UserOuterSize;              // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
     ImDrawListSplitter          DrawSplitter;
-    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs   SortSpecsSingle;
-    ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti;     // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
 
     ImRect                      HostBackupWorkRect;         // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
     ImRect                      HostBackupParentWorkRect;   // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
@@ -2503,7 +2562,6 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API ImRect        GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
@@ -2538,11 +2596,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type);
 
     // Viewports
-    IMGUI_API void                  TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos);
-    IMGUI_API void                  ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale);
-    IMGUI_API void                  DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
-    IMGUI_API void                  SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
-    const ImGuiPlatformMonitor*     GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewport* viewport);
+    IMGUI_API void          TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos);
+    IMGUI_API void          ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale);
+    IMGUI_API void          DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewport* viewport);
 
     // Settings
     IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty();
@@ -2562,11 +2620,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect);
 
     // Basic Accessors
-    inline ImGuiID          GetItemID()     { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; }   // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand)
-    inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; }
+    inline ImGuiID          GetItemID()     { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.ID; }   // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand)
+    inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; }
+    inline ImGuiItemFlags   GetItemFlags()  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; }
     inline ImGuiID          GetActiveID()   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; }
     inline ImGuiID          GetFocusID()    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; }
-    inline ImGuiItemFlags   GetItemFlags()  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentItemFlags; }
     IMGUI_API void          SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API void          SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API void          ClearActiveID();
@@ -2584,23 +2642,25 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API void          ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged);
-    IMGUI_API void          SetLastItemData(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h);
     IMGUI_API float         CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
     IMGUI_API void          PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
-    IMGUI_API void          PopItemFlag();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemToggledSelection();                                   // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly)
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
     IMGUI_API void          ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess);
 
+    // Parameter stacks
+    IMGUI_API void          PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
+    IMGUI_API void          PopItemFlag();
+
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
     // If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister():
     //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM  < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)'                              and 'bool focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)'
     //  (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)'  and 'bool focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
     // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText()
-    inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)  { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable flag to ItemAdd()
-    inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)            { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); }                              // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
+    inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)   { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable flag to ItemAdd()
+    inline IM_NORETURN void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); }                              // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
 #endif
 
     // Logging/Capture
@@ -2617,11 +2677,20 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags);
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags);
     IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImRect        GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostPopupModal();
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy);
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
 
+    // Menus
+    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);
+
+    // Combos
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginComboPreview();
+    IMGUI_API void          EndComboPreview();
+
     // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation
     IMGUI_API void          NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit);
     IMGUI_API bool          NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet();
@@ -2645,6 +2714,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Inputs
     // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
     IMGUI_API void          SetItemUsingMouseWheel();
+    IMGUI_API void          SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();
     inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir)                         { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; }
     inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input)                { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; }
     inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key)                            { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; }
@@ -2886,13 +2956,15 @@ namespace ImGui
 
     // Debug Tools
     IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL);
-    inline void             DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255))    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); }
+    inline void             DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255))    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); }
     inline void             DebugStartItemPicker()                                  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; }
 
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table);
@@ -2943,11 +3015,7 @@ extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt,
 #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA)          if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == _ID) ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA));
 #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2)  if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == _ID) ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA), (const void*)(_DATA2));
 #else
-#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID)                 do { } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      do { } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...)                     do { } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA)          do { } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2)  do { } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      ((void)0)
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
index ce0d5603..71ac00f6 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.83
+// dear imgui, v1.84
 // (tables and columns code)
 
 /*
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
                 *column = ImGuiTableColumn();
                 column->WidthAuto = width_auto;
                 column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker
-                column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true;
+                column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true;
             }
             column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
         }
@@ -751,16 +751,18 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
             column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f;
         }
 
-        // Update Enabled state, mark settings/sortspecs dirty
+        // Update Enabled state, mark settings and sort specs dirty
         if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide))
-            column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true;
-        if (column->IsEnabled != column->IsEnabledNextFrame)
+            column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true;
+        if (column->IsUserEnabled != column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame)
         {
-            column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame;
+            column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
             table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
-            if (!column->IsEnabled && column->SortOrder != -1)
-                table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
         }
+        column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0;
+
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled)
+            table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
         if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti))
             table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
 
@@ -1159,9 +1161,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
         if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false)
             continue;
 
-        if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0)
-            if (column->MaxX < table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1]].MaxX)
-                continue;
+        if (!column->IsVisibleX && table->LastResizedColumn != column_n)
+            continue;
 
         ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent);
         ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit);
@@ -1444,7 +1445,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo
 
         // Init default visibility/sort state
         if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0)
-            column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = false;
+            column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = false;
         if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0)
         {
             column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs.
@@ -1471,11 +1472,22 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows)
     IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS);
     IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit
 
-    table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns : 0;
+    table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)ImMin(columns, table->ColumnsCount) : 0;
     table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0;
     table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0;
     table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0;
     table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b
+
+    // Ensure frozen columns are ordered in their section. We still allow multiple frozen columns to be reordered.
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest; column_n++)
+    {
+        int order_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n];
+        if (order_n != column_n && order_n >= table->FreezeColumnsRequest)
+        {
+            ImSwap(table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder, table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]].DisplayOrder);
+            ImSwap(table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n], table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]);
+        }
+    }
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1484,7 +1496,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows)
 // - TableGetColumnCount()
 // - TableGetColumnName()
 // - TableGetColumnName() [Internal]
-// - TableSetColumnEnabled() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnEnabled()
 // - TableGetColumnFlags()
 // - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal]
 // - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal]
@@ -1520,10 +1532,12 @@ const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
     return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset];
 }
 
-// Request enabling/disabling a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view)
+// Change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view)
 // Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
-// Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable()
-// For the getter you can use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled)
+// - Require table to have the ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable flag because we are manipulating user accessible state.
+// - Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable().
+// - For the getter you can test (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) != 0.
+// - Alternative: the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled is an overriding/master disable flag which will also hide the column from context menu.
 void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -1531,11 +1545,12 @@ void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled)
     IM_ASSERT(table != NULL);
     if (!table)
         return;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); // See comments above
     if (column_n < 0)
         column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
     IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
     ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
-    column->IsEnabledNextFrame = enabled;
+    column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = enabled;
 }
 
 // We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section
@@ -1941,8 +1956,9 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
     window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems;
     if (column->IsSkipItems)
     {
-        window->DC.LastItemId = 0;
-        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = 0;
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        g.LastItemData.ID = 0;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0;
     }
 
     if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
@@ -2008,6 +2024,7 @@ float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
     if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
     {
         // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break.
+        // (we use DisplayOrder as within a set of multiple frozen column reordering is possible)
         if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)
         {
             max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX;
@@ -2496,7 +2513,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
             const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n);
             const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent);
             const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0;
-            const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount != -1 && table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1);
+            const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1);
             if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized)
                 continue;
 
@@ -2592,8 +2609,7 @@ ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()
     if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
         TableUpdateLayout(table);
 
-    if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty)
-        TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
+    TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
 
     return &table->SortSpecs;
 }
@@ -2732,14 +2748,18 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table)
 
 void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(table->IsSortSpecsDirty);
-    TableSortSpecsSanitize(table);
+    bool dirty = table->IsSortSpecsDirty;
+    if (dirty)
+    {
+        TableSortSpecsSanitize(table);
+        table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount);
+        table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us
+    }
 
     // Write output
-    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
-    temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount);
-    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &temp_data->SortSpecsSingle : temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
-    if (sort_specs != NULL)
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
+    if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL)
         for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
         {
             ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
@@ -2752,10 +2772,9 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
             sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder;
             sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection;
         }
+
     table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs;
     table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount;
-    table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user
-    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us
 }
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2775,8 +2794,11 @@ float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight()
     float row_height = GetTextLineHeight();
     int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount();
     for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++)
-        if (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = TableGetColumnFlags(column_n);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) && !(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel))
             row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y);
+    }
     row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f;
     return row_height;
 }
@@ -2813,7 +2835,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow()
         // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them)
         // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide
         // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier.
-        const char* name = TableGetColumnName(column_n);
+        const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n);
         PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n);
         TableHeader(name);
         PopID();
@@ -2895,7 +2917,6 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label)
         const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
         //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
         TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn);
-        RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
     }
     else
     {
@@ -2903,6 +2924,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label)
         if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0)
             TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn);
     }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
     if (held)
         table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
     window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f;
@@ -3068,16 +3090,19 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table)
         for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
         {
             ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n];
+            if (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled)
+                continue;
+
             const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n);
             if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0)
                 name = "<Unknown>";
 
             // Make sure we can't hide the last active column
             bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true;
-            if (other_column->IsEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1)
+            if (other_column->IsUserEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1)
                 menu_item_active = false;
-            if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsEnabled, menu_item_active))
-                other_column->IsEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsEnabled;
+            if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsUserEnabled, menu_item_active))
+                other_column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsUserEnabled;
         }
         PopItemFlag();
     }
@@ -3202,7 +3227,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
         column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder;
         column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder;
         column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection;
-        column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabled;
+        column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled;
         column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0;
         if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0)
             save_ref_scale = true;
@@ -3216,7 +3241,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
             settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable;
         if (column->SortOrder != -1)
             settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable;
-        if (column->IsEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0))
+        if (column->IsUserEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0))
             settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
     }
     settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags;
@@ -3274,7 +3299,7 @@ void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
         else
             column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
         display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder;
-        column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled;
+        column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled;
         column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder;
         column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection;
     }
@@ -3293,8 +3318,9 @@ void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
 static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetSize(); i++)
-        g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)->SettingsOffset = -1;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i))
+            table->SettingsOffset = -1;
     g.SettingsTables.clear();
 }
 
@@ -3302,12 +3328,12 @@ static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandle
 static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetSize(); i++)
-    {
-        ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(i);
-        table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true;
-        table->SettingsOffset = -1;
-    }
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i))
+        {
+            table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true;
+            table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+        }
 }
 
 static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
@@ -3437,7 +3463,8 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false);
     table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL;
-    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+    table->SortSpecsMulti.clear();
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort
     table->ColumnsNames.clear();
     table->MemoryCompacted = true;
     for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
@@ -3448,7 +3475,6 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table)
 void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data)
 {
     temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory();
-    temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.clear();
     temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
 }
 
diff --git a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
index c2e1bbe6..f8d13bcd 100644
--- a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
+++ b/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.83
+// dear imgui, v1.84
 // (widgets code)
 
 /*
@@ -488,14 +488,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled)
-    {
-        if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false;
-        if (out_held) *out_held = false;
-        if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID();
-        return false;
-    }
-
     // Default only reacts to left mouse button
     if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0)
         flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_;
@@ -510,7 +502,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
         g.HoveredWindow = window;
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
-    if (id != 0 && window->DC.LastItemId != id)
+    if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id)
         IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id);
 #endif
 
@@ -527,7 +519,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
         {
             hovered = true;
             SetHoveredID(id);
-            if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER, 0.00f))
+            if (g.HoveredIdTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime <= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER && g.HoveredIdTimer >= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER)
             {
                 pressed = true;
                 g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id;
@@ -688,8 +680,9 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
         return false;
 
-    if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+    if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
         flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
 
@@ -706,7 +699,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
     //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
     //    CloseCurrentPopup();
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     return pressed;
 }
 
@@ -764,7 +757,7 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
         return false;
 
-    if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+    if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
         flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
 
     bool hovered, held;
@@ -1089,7 +1082,7 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
     ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
     {
-        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
         return false;
     }
 
@@ -1105,7 +1098,7 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
     RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
     RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
     ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark);
-    bool mixed_value = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0;
+    bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0;
     if (mixed_value)
     {
         // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644)
@@ -1125,7 +1118,7 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(label_pos, label);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
     return pressed;
 }
 
@@ -1227,7 +1220,7 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(label_pos, label);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     return pressed;
 }
 
@@ -1450,10 +1443,12 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float
     ImRect bb_interact = bb;
     bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f));
     ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap);
+    if (hovered)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb
     if (g.ActiveId != id)
         SetItemAllowOverlap();
 
-    if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay))
+    if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay))
         SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW);
 
     ImRect bb_render = bb;
@@ -1543,8 +1538,12 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount() [Internal]
 // - BeginCombo()
+// - BeginComboPopup() [Internal]
 // - EndCombo()
+// - BeginComboPreview() [Internal]
+// - EndComboPreview() [Internal]
 // - Combo()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -1558,81 +1557,99 @@ static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count)
 
 bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
 {
-    // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool has_window_size_constraint = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) != 0;
-    g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
-
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags backup_next_window_data_flags = g.NextWindowData.Flags;
+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return false;
 
-    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together
-
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together
 
     const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight();
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const float expected_w = CalcItemWidth();
-    const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : expected_w;
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth();
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
     ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &bb))
         return false;
 
+    // Open on click
     bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
-
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
     const ImGuiID popup_id = ImHashStr("##ComboPopup", 0, id);
     bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open)
+    {
+        OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+        popup_open = true;
+    }
 
+    // Render shape
     const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
-    const float value_x2 = ImMax(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size);
-    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    const float value_x2 = ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - arrow_size);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
     if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft);
     if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
     {
         ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
         ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight);
-        if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= frame_bb.Max.x)
-            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Min.y), bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight);
+        if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= bb.Max.x)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+    }
+    RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Custom preview
+    if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)
+    {
+        g.ComboPreviewData.PreviewRect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, value_x2, bb.Max.y);
+        IM_ASSERT(preview_value == NULL || preview_value[0] == 0);
+        preview_value = NULL;
     }
-    RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Render preview and label
     if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
     {
-        ImVec2 preview_pos = frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
         if (g.LogEnabled)
             LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
-        RenderTextClipped(preview_pos, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL);
     }
     if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
-
-    if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open)
-    {
-        if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == 0)
-            window->NavLastIds[0] = id;
-        OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
-        popup_open = true;
-    }
+        RenderText(ImVec2(bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
     if (!popup_open)
         return false;
 
-    if (has_window_size_constraint)
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags = backup_next_window_data_flags;
+    return BeginComboPopup(popup_id, bb, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Set popup size
+    float w = bb.GetWidth();
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
     {
-        g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
         g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w);
     }
     else
     {
         if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0)
             flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular;
-        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_));    // Only one
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one
         int popup_max_height_in_items = -1;
         if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)     popup_max_height_in_items = 8;
         else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)  popup_max_height_in_items = 4;
@@ -1640,30 +1657,27 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
         SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
     }
 
+    // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx()
     char name[16];
     ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth
 
-    // Position the window given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it)
-    // This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function.
+    // Set position given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it)
+    // FIXME: This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function?
+    // FIXME: This might be moved to Begin() or at least around the same spot where Tooltips and other Popups are calling FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx()?
     if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name))
         if (popup_window->WasActive)
         {
             // Always override 'AutoPosLastDirection' to not leave a chance for a past value to affect us.
             ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(popup_window);
-            if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft)
-                popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; // "Below, Toward Left"
-            else
-                popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Down; // "Below, Toward Right (default)"
-            ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(popup_window);
-            ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox);
+            popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Down; // Left = "Below, Toward Left", Down = "Below, Toward Right (default)"
+            ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(popup_window);
+            ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox);
             SetNextWindowPos(pos);
         }
 
     // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx()
     ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
-
-    // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text
-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y));
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.FramePadding.x, g.Style.WindowPadding.y)); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text
     bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
     PopStyleVar();
     if (!ret)
@@ -1680,6 +1694,57 @@ void ImGui::EndCombo()
     EndPopup();
 }
 
+// Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements
+// (Experimental, see GitHub issues: #1658, #4168)
+bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData;
+
+    if (window->SkipItems || !window->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect)) // FIXME: Because we don't have a ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible flag to test last ItemAdd() result
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag?
+    if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional)
+        return false;
+
+    // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api
+    preview_data->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine;
+    preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    preview_data->BackupLayout = window->DC.LayoutType;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->PreviewRect.Min + g.Style.FramePadding;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+    PushClipRect(preview_data->PreviewRect.Min, preview_data->PreviewRect.Max, true);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndComboPreview()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData;
+
+    // FIXME: Using CursorMaxPos approximation instead of correct AABB which we will store in ImDrawCmd in the future
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    if (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.x && window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.y)
+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 1) // Unlikely case that the PushClipRect() didn't create a command
+        {
+            draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 2].ClipRect;
+            draw_list->_TryMergeDrawCmds();
+        }
+    PopClipRect();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->BackupCursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos);
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = preview_data->BackupLayout;
+    preview_data->PreviewRect = ImRect();
+}
+
 // Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[]
 static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
 {
@@ -1748,8 +1813,9 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi
     }
 
     EndCombo();
+
     if (value_changed)
-        MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId);
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
 
     return value_changed;
 }
@@ -2285,7 +2351,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v
     }
     if (g.ActiveId != id)
         return false;
-    if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
+    if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
         return false;
 
     switch (data_type)
@@ -2339,7 +2405,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
     bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id);
     if (!temp_input_is_active)
     {
-        const bool focus_requested = temp_input_allowed && (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0;
+        const bool focus_requested = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0;
         const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]);
         const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]);
         if (focus_requested || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id)
@@ -2369,7 +2435,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
     }
 
     // Draw frame
-    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
     RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
     RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
 
@@ -2388,7 +2454,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -2476,6 +2542,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_cu
     TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
     EndGroup();
     PopID();
+
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -2888,7 +2955,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type
     IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag!  Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead.");
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
+    if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
         return false;
 
     switch (data_type)
@@ -2954,7 +3021,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
     bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id);
     if (!temp_input_is_active)
     {
-        const bool focus_requested = temp_input_allowed && (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0;
+        const bool focus_requested = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0;
         const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]);
         if (focus_requested || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id)
         {
@@ -2975,7 +3042,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
     }
 
     // Draw frame
-    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
     RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
     RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
 
@@ -2999,7 +3066,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -3123,7 +3190,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
     }
 
     // Draw frame
-    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
     RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
     RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
 
@@ -3378,7 +3445,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
         style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y;
         ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups;
         if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
-            button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
+            BeginDisabled(true);
         SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
         if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
         {
@@ -3391,6 +3458,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
             DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
             value_changed = true;
         }
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+            EndDisabled();
 
         const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
         if (label != label_end)
@@ -3409,7 +3478,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
             value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format);
     }
     if (value_changed)
-        MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId);
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
 
     return value_changed;
 }
@@ -3779,6 +3848,7 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
     unsigned int c = *p_char;
 
     // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467)
+    bool apply_named_filters = true;
     if (c < 0x20)
     {
         bool pass = false;
@@ -3786,6 +3856,7 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
         pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput));
         if (!pass)
             return false;
+        apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted.
     }
 
     if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)
@@ -3804,7 +3875,7 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
         return false;
 
     // Generic named filters
-    if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))
+    if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)))
     {
         // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf.
         // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'.
@@ -3901,6 +3972,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
 
     ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
     ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size;
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_status_flags = 0;
     if (is_multiline)
     {
         if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable))
@@ -3909,6 +3981,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
             EndGroup();
             return false;
         }
+        item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
 
         // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug.
         PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
@@ -3935,6 +4008,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem))
             if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable))
                 return false;
+        item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
     }
     const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
     if (hovered)
@@ -3943,8 +4017,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget.
     ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id);
 
-    const bool focus_requested_by_code = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode) != 0;
-    const bool focus_requested_by_tabbing = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0;
+    const bool focus_requested_by_code = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode) != 0;
+    const bool focus_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0;
 
     const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
     const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard));
@@ -4666,7 +4740,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited))
         MarkItemEdited(id);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
         return enter_pressed;
     else
@@ -4717,24 +4791,24 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
     // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions
     const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags;
     if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)
-        flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions;
+        flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions;
 
     // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied)
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
         ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags);
 
     // Read stored options
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask))
-        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask);
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask))
-        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask);
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))
-        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask))
-        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask);
-    flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask));
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask));   // Check that only 1 is selected
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_);
+    flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));   // Check that only 1 is selected
 
     const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0;
     const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0;
@@ -4849,7 +4923,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
                 // Store current color and open a picker
                 g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4;
                 OpenPopup("picker");
-                SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+                SetNextWindowPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1, style.ItemSpacing.y));
             }
         }
         if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
@@ -4863,8 +4937,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
                 TextEx(label, label_display_end);
                 Spacing();
             }
-            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
-            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
             SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes?
             value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x);
             EndPopup();
@@ -4906,7 +4980,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
 
     // Drag and Drop Target
     // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test.
-    if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget())
+    if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget())
     {
         bool accepted_drag_drop = false;
         if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
@@ -4928,10 +5002,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
 
     // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4().
     if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window)
-        window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId;
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
 
     if (value_changed)
-        MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId);
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
 
     return value_changed;
 }
@@ -4984,12 +5058,12 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags);
 
     // Read stored options
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))
-        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask;
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask))
-        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask;
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask));  // Check that only 1 is selected
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));  // Check that only 1 is selected
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
         flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
 
@@ -5135,7 +5209,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
             Text("Current");
 
-        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip;
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip;
         ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2));
         if (ref_col != NULL)
         {
@@ -5174,9 +5248,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
     if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
     {
         PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x);
-        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
         ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker;
-        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0)
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
             if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
             {
                 // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget.
@@ -5184,9 +5258,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
                 value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap);
                 value_changed = true;
             }
-        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0)
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
             value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV);
-        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0)
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
             value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex);
         PopItemWidth();
     }
@@ -5327,7 +5401,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
     if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0)
         value_changed = false;
     if (value_changed)
-        MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId);
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
 
     PopID();
 
@@ -5416,7 +5490,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl
 
     // Tooltip
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered)
-        ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf));
+        ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf));
 
     return pressed;
 }
@@ -5425,18 +5499,18 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl
 void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask;
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask));    // Check only 1 option is selected
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask));   // Check only 1 option is selected
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask));     // Check only 1 option is selected
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask));      // Check only 1 option is selected
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_));    // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_));   // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_));     // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));      // Check only 1 option is selected
     g.ColorEditOptions = flags;
 }
 
@@ -5456,9 +5530,9 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags
     ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
     ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
     int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
-    ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz);
+    ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz);
     SameLine();
-    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask))
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
     {
         if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
             Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
@@ -5477,23 +5551,23 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags
 
 void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
 {
-    bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask);
-    bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask);
+    bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_);
+    bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_);
     if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context"))
         return;
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions;
     if (allow_opt_inputs)
     {
-        if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB;
-        if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
-        if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
+        if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB;
+        if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
+        if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
     }
     if (allow_opt_datatype)
     {
         if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator();
-        if (RadioButton("0..255",     (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8;
-        if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float;
+        if (RadioButton("0..255",     (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8;
+        if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float;
     }
 
     if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype)
@@ -5528,7 +5602,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
 
 void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
 {
-    bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
+    bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
     bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
     if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context"))
         return;
@@ -5547,7 +5621,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
             if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
             ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
             if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup
-                g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
+                g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
             SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos);
             ImVec4 previewing_ref_col;
             memcpy(&previewing_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4));
@@ -5760,14 +5834,14 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
         window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
 
     bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id);
-    window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect;
-    window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect;
+    g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb;
 
     if (!item_add)
     {
         if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
             TreePushOverrideID(id);
-        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
         return is_open;
     }
 
@@ -5841,7 +5915,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
         {
             is_open = !is_open;
             window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open);
-            window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen;
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen;
         }
     }
     if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
@@ -5849,7 +5923,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
 
     // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
     if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
-        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
 
     // Render
     const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
@@ -5880,8 +5954,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
         {
             const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
             RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false);
-            RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
         }
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
         if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
             RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
         else if (!is_leaf)
@@ -5893,7 +5967,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
 
     if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
         TreePushOverrideID(id);
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
     return is_open;
 }
 
@@ -5997,14 +6071,14 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl
         // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
         // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow.
         ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-        ImGuiLastItemDataBackup last_item_backup;
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData;
         float button_size = g.FontSize;
-        float button_x = ImMax(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size);
-        float button_y = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y;
+        float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size);
+        float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y;
         ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id);
         if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y)))
             *p_visible = false;
-        last_item_backup.Restore();
+        g.LastItemData = last_item_backup;
     }
 
     return is_open;
@@ -6074,10 +6148,11 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
     }
 
     bool item_add;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
+    const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    if (disabled_item)
     {
         ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
-        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
         item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id);
         g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags;
     }
@@ -6095,6 +6170,10 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
     if (!item_add)
         return false;
 
+    const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization
+        BeginDisabled(true);
+
     // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only,
     // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected.
     if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns)
@@ -6107,17 +6186,24 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; }
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick)     { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; }
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease)   { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; }
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)          { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; }
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; }
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; }
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
-        selected = false;
-
     const bool was_selected = selected;
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
 
+    // Auto-select when moved into
+    // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch
+    // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control
+    // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons
+    //   - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope())
+    //   - (2) usage will fail with clipped items
+    //   The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent)
+        if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id)
+            selected = pressed = true;
+
     // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard
     if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover)))
     {
@@ -6135,7 +6221,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
 
     // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
     if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
-        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
 
     // Render
     if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld))
@@ -6144,24 +6230,25 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
     {
         const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
         RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
-        RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
     }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
 
     if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns)
         PopColumnsBackground();
     else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable)
         TablePopBackgroundChannel();
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
     RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb);
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor();
 
     // Automatically close popups
-    if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup))
+    if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup))
         CloseCurrentPopup();
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
-    return pressed;
+    if (disabled_item && !disabled_global)
+        EndDisabled();
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed; //-V1020
 }
 
 bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
@@ -6293,8 +6380,9 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v
             PopID();
         }
     EndListBox();
+
     if (value_changed)
-        MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId);
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
 
     return value_changed;
 }
@@ -6513,42 +6601,51 @@ void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
 // - EndMainMenuBar()
 // - BeginMenu()
 // - EndMenu()
+// - MenuItemEx() [Internal]
 // - MenuItem()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Helpers for internal use
-void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear)
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(count == IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos));
-    IM_UNUSED(count);
-    Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
-    Spacing = spacing;
-    if (clear)
-        memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++)
-    {
-        if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f)
-            Width += Spacing;
-        Pos[i] = IM_FLOOR(Width);
-        Width += NextWidths[i];
-        NextWidths[i] = 0.0f;
-    }
+    if (window_reappearing)
+        memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths));
+    Spacing = (ImU16)spacing;
+    CalcNextTotalWidth(true);
+    memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths));
+    TotalWidth = NextTotalWidth;
+    NextTotalWidth = 0;
 }
 
-float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets)
 {
-    NextWidth = 0.0f;
-    NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0);
-    NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1);
-    NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2);
-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++)
-        NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f);
-    return ImMax(Width, NextWidth);
+    ImU16 offset = 0;
+    bool want_spacing = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Widths); i++)
+    {
+        ImU16 width = Widths[i];
+        if (want_spacing && width > 0)
+            offset += Spacing;
+        want_spacing |= (width > 0);
+        if (update_offsets)
+        {
+            if (i == 1) { OffsetLabel = offset; }
+            if (i == 2) { OffsetShortcut = offset; }
+            if (i == 3) { OffsetMark = offset; }
+        }
+        offset += width;
+    }
+    NextTotalWidth = offset;
 }
 
-float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const
+float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark)
 {
-    return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width);
+    Widths[0] = ImMax(Widths[0], (ImU16)w_icon);
+    Widths[1] = ImMax(Widths[1], (ImU16)w_label);
+    Widths[2] = ImMax(Widths[2], (ImU16)w_shortcut);
+    Widths[3] = ImMax(Widths[3], (ImU16)w_mark);
+    CalcNextTotalWidth(false);
+    return (float)ImMax(TotalWidth, NextTotalWidth);
 }
 
 // FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere..
@@ -6742,6 +6839,10 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
     // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup().
     // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering.
     ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    PushID(label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+    const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
     {
         // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar
@@ -6751,7 +6852,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
         window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
         PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
         float w = label_size.x;
-        pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
         PopStyleVar();
         window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
     }
@@ -6761,14 +6864,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
         // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f.
         //  Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system.
         popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
-        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame
+        float icon_w = 0.0f; // FIXME: This not currently exposed for BeginMenu() however you can call window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(w, 0, 0, 0) yourself
+        float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
+        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame
         float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
-        pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f));
-        ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled);
-        RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), text_col, ImGuiDir_Right);
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f));
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ImGuiDir_Right);
     }
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
 
-    const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id);
+    const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled;
     if (menuset_is_open)
         g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window;
 
@@ -6795,6 +6903,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
             moving_toward_other_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos);
             //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG]
         }
+
+        // FIXME: Hovering a disabled BeginMenu or MenuItem won't close us
         if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_toward_other_child_menu)
             want_close = true;
 
@@ -6838,7 +6948,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
     if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
         ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    PopID();
 
     if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size)
     {
@@ -6880,7 +6991,7 @@ void ImGui::EndMenu()
     EndPopup();
 }
 
-bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -6893,8 +7004,12 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo
 
     // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73),
     // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only.
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled);
     bool pressed;
+    PushID(label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled(true);
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover;
+    const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
     {
         // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful
@@ -6902,8 +7017,9 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo
         float w = label_size.x;
         window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
         PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
-        pressed = Selectable(label, selected, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+        pressed = Selectable("", selected, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
         PopStyleVar();
+        RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label);
         window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
     }
     else
@@ -6911,27 +7027,40 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo
         // Menu item inside a vertical menu
         // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f.
         //  Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system.
-        float shortcut_w = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f;
-        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_w, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame
-        float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
-        pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f));
+        float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
+        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame
+        float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
+        pressed = Selectable("", false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f));
+        RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label);
+        if (icon_w > 0.0f)
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
         if (shortcut_w > 0.0f)
         {
-            PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
+            PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
             PopStyleColor();
         }
         if (selected)
-            RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize  * 0.866f);
+            RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize  * 0.866f);
     }
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+    PopID();
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
     return pressed;
 }
 
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    return MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, selected, enabled);
+}
+
 bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled)
 {
-    if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
+    if (MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
     {
         if (p_selected)
             *p_selected = !*p_selected;
@@ -7782,7 +7911,7 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
 
     // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render.
     // We make a call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID.
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     if (p_open && !*p_open)
     {
         PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true);
@@ -7837,7 +7966,7 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
     else
     {
         IM_ASSERT(tab->Window == NULL);
-        tab->NameOffset = (ImS16)tab_bar->TabsNames.size();
+        tab->NameOffset = (ImS32)tab_bar->TabsNames.size();
         tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); // Append name _with_ the zero-terminator.
     }
 
@@ -7908,13 +8037,12 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
 
     // Click to Select a tab
     ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap);
-    if (g.DragDropActive && !g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW))
+    if (g.DragDropActive && !g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW)) // FIXME: May be an opt-in property of the payload to disable this
         button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
     if (pressed && !is_tab_button)
         tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
-    hovered |= (g.HoveredId == id);
 
     // Transfer active id window so the active id is not owned by the dock host (as StartMouseMovingWindow()
     // will only do it on the drag). This allows FocusWindow() to be more conservative in how it clears active id.
@@ -7978,11 +8106,13 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
             if (undocking_tab)
             {
                 // Undock
+                // FIXME: refactor to share more code with e.g. StartMouseMovingWindow
                 DockContextQueueUndockWindow(&g, docked_window);
                 g.MovingWindow = docked_window;
                 SetActiveID(g.MovingWindow->MoveId, g.MovingWindow);
                 g.ActiveIdClickOffset -= g.MovingWindow->Pos - bb.Min;
                 g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+                SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();
             }
         }
     }
@@ -8028,8 +8158,11 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
         PopClipRect();
     window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
 
-    // Tooltip (FIXME: Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer)
-    // We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar (which g.HoveredId ignores)
+    // Tooltip
+    // (Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer-> seems ok)
+    // (We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar, which g.HoveredId ignores)
+    // FIXME: This is a mess.
+    // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip?
     if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay && IsItemHovered())
         if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip))
             SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label);
@@ -8127,14 +8260,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb,
 #endif
 
     // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker
-    const char* TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER = "*";
     ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y);
-    if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)
-    {
-        text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= CalcTextSize(TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, false).x;
-        ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f));
-        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - frame_padding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL);
-    }
     ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb;
 
     // Return clipped state ignoring the close button
@@ -8144,7 +8270,10 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb,
         //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
     }
 
-    // Close Button
+    const float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+    const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y);
+
+    // Close Button & Unsaved Marker
     // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap()
     //  'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button
     //  'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button
@@ -8152,28 +8281,40 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb,
     bool close_button_pressed = false;
     bool close_button_visible = false;
     if (close_button_id != 0)
-        if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton)
+        if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton))
             if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id)
                 close_button_visible = true;
+    bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x);
+
     if (close_button_visible)
     {
-        ImGuiLastItemDataBackup last_item_backup;
-        const float close_button_sz = g.FontSize;
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData;
         PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding);
-        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y)))
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos))
             close_button_pressed = true;
         PopStyleVar();
-        last_item_backup.Restore();
+        g.LastItemData = last_item_backup;
 
         // Close with middle mouse button
         if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2))
             close_button_pressed = true;
-
-        text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_sz;
+    }
+    else if (unsaved_marker_visible)
+    {
+        const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f);
+        RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
     }
 
+    // This is all rather complicated
+    // (the main idea is that because the close button only appears on hover, we don't want it to alter the ellipsis position)
     // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist..
     float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f;
+    if (close_button_visible || unsaved_marker_visible)
+    {
+        text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_visible ? (button_sz) : (button_sz * 0.80f);
+        text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max.x -= unsaved_marker_visible ? (button_sz * 0.80f) : 0.0f;
+        ellipsis_max_x = text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x;
+    }
     RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size);
 
 #if 0
diff --git a/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h b/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
index ff2a85df..39589521 100644
--- a/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
+++ b/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 //  Minor features
 //    Martins Mozeiko
 //    github:IntellectualKitty
-//    
+//
 //  Bugfixes / warning fixes
 //    Jeremy Jaussaud
 //    Fabian Giesen
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
             }
          }
          tail = tail->next;
-      }         
+      }
    }
 
    fr.prev_link = best;
@@ -602,38 +602,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
 Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of 
-this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in 
-the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to 
-use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies 
-of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do 
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
 so, subject to the following conditions:
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all 
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
 copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, 
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE 
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 SOFTWARE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
 This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
-Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this 
-software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, 
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
 commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
-In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this 
-software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public 
-domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to 
-the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an 
-overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to 
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
 this software under copyright law.
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 
-AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN 
-ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION 
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
 WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
diff --git a/imgui/imstb_textedit.h b/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
index 76446709..2c635b27 100644
--- a/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
+++ b/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 // [DEAR IMGUI]
-// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. 
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13.
 // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb:
 // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321)
 // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 // texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo).
 //
 // Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls.
-// 
+//
 //
 // LICENSE
 //
@@ -217,20 +217,20 @@
 //          call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor
 //          and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must
 //          be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left.
-//     
+//
 //      drag:
 //          call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the
 //          cursor and the selection end point
-//     
+//
 //      cut:
 //          call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was
 //          one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer.
 //          (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.)
-//     
+//
 //      paste:
 //          call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current
 //          selection if there is one.
-//     
+//
 //      key:
 //          call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it
 //          for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
 //          clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to
 //          anything other type you wante before including.
 //
-//     
+//
 //   When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from
 //   the STB_TexteditState.
 //
@@ -716,9 +716,11 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditSta
       state->has_preferred_x = 0;
       return 1;
    }
-   // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters
-   if (state->undostate.undo_point)
-      --state->undostate.undo_point;
+   // [DEAR IMGUI]
+   //// remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters
+   //if (state->undostate.undo_point)
+   //   --state->undostate.undo_point;
+   // note: paste failure will leave deleted selection, may be restored with an undo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/734 for details)
    return 0;
 }
 
@@ -764,7 +766,7 @@ retry:
          state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode;
          break;
 #endif
-         
+
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO:
          stb_text_undo(str, state);
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
@@ -779,7 +781,7 @@ retry:
          // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection
          if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
             stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
-         else 
+         else
             if (state->cursor > 0)
                --state->cursor;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
@@ -828,7 +830,7 @@ retry:
 
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT:
-         if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) 
+         if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
             stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state);
          else {
             state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor);
@@ -922,7 +924,7 @@ retry:
          }
          break;
       }
-         
+
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP:
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP:
@@ -1014,7 +1016,7 @@ retry:
          }
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-         
+
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2:
 #endif
@@ -1031,7 +1033,7 @@ retry:
          state->select_start = state->select_end = 0;
          state->has_preferred_x = 0;
          break;
-        
+
 #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2
       case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
 #endif
@@ -1410,38 +1412,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
 Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of 
-this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in 
-the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to 
-use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies 
-of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do 
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
 so, subject to the following conditions:
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all 
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
 copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, 
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE 
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 SOFTWARE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
 This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
-Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this 
-software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, 
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
 commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
-In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this 
-software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public 
-domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to 
-the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an 
-overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to 
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
 this software under copyright law.
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 
-AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN 
-ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION 
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
 WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
diff --git a/imgui/imstb_truetype.h b/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
index fc815d74..48c20261 100644
--- a/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
+++ b/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 //       Rob Loach                  Cort Stratton
 //       Kenney Phillis Jr.         github:oyvindjam
 //       Brian Costabile            github:vassvik
-//       
+//
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
 //   1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics()
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 //
 //  Advancing for the next character:
 //    Call GlyphHMetrics, and compute 'current_point += SF * advance'.
-// 
+//
 //
 // ADVANCED USAGE
 //
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 //   Curve tessellation                 120 LOC   \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation
 //   Bitmap management                  100 LOC   /
 //   Baked bitmap interface              70 LOC  /
-//   Font name matching & access        150 LOC  ---- 150 
+//   Font name matching & access        150 LOC  ---- 150
 //   C runtime library abstraction       60 LOC  ----  60
 //
 //
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
    }
    return 0;
 }
-#endif 
+#endif
 //
 // Output:
 //
@@ -364,9 +364,9 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 //  :@@.  M@M
 //   @@@o@@@@
 //   :M@@V:@@.
-//  
+//
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// 
+//
 // Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs
 //
 #if 0
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int  stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, cons
 // Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling
 // stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple
 // fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look
-// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version 
+// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version
 // using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times,
 // building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once,
 // then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, floa
 // and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention).
 //
 // The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow
-// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. 
+// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes.
 
 
 
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
             if (i != 0)
                num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy);
 
-            // now start the new one               
+            // now start the new one
             start_off = !(flags & 1);
             if (start_off) {
                // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve
@@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
          int comp_num_verts = 0, i;
          stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0;
          float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n;
-         
+
          flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2;
          gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2;
 
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
             mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2;
             mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2;
          }
-         
+
          // Find transformation scales.
          m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]);
          n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]);
@@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, i
    float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
    STBTT_assert(z != NULL);
    if (!z) return z;
-   
+
    // round dx down to avoid overshooting
    if (dxdy < 0)
       z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy);
@@ -2824,7 +2824,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__ac
             }
          }
       }
-      
+
       e = e->next;
    }
 }
@@ -3554,7 +3554,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
 {
    int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1;
    stbtt__bitmap gbm;
-   stbtt_vertex *vertices;   
+   stbtt_vertex *vertices;
    int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices);
 
    if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y;
@@ -3577,7 +3577,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
    if (height) *height = gbm.h;
    if (xoff  ) *xoff   = ix0;
    if (yoff  ) *yoff   = iy0;
-   
+
    if (gbm.w && gbm.h) {
       gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata);
       if (gbm.pixels) {
@@ -3588,7 +3588,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info
    }
    STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata);
    return gbm.pixels;
-}   
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
@@ -3600,7 +3600,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigne
    int ix0,iy0;
    stbtt_vertex *vertices;
    int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices);
-   stbtt__bitmap gbm;   
+   stbtt__bitmap gbm;
 
    stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0);
    gbm.pixels = output;
@@ -3622,7 +3622,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
    return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff);
-}   
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint)
 {
@@ -3637,7 +3637,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
    return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff);
-}   
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint)
 {
@@ -3762,7 +3762,7 @@ static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *no
    con->y = 0;
    con->bottom_y = 0;
    STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes);
-   STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes);   
+   STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes);
 }
 
 static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
@@ -4147,7 +4147,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char
    n = 0;
    for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i)
       n += ranges[i].num_chars;
-         
+
    rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context);
    if (rects == NULL)
       return 0;
@@ -4158,7 +4158,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char
    n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects);
 
    stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n);
-  
+
    return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects);
 
    STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context);
@@ -4319,7 +4319,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex
          int x1 = (int) verts[i  ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i  ].y;
          if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) {
             float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0;
-            if (x_inter < x)  
+            if (x_inter < x)
                winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1;
          }
       }
@@ -4345,7 +4345,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex
                y1 = (int)verts[i  ].y;
                if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) {
                   float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0;
-                  if (x_inter < x)  
+                  if (x_inter < x)
                      winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1;
                }
             } else {
@@ -4357,7 +4357,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex
                   if (hits[1][0] < 0)
                      winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1);
             }
-         } 
+         }
       }
    }
    return winding;
@@ -4438,7 +4438,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc
 
    // invert for y-downwards bitmaps
    scale_y = -scale_y;
-      
+
    {
       int x,y,i,j;
       float *precompute;
@@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc
       STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata);
    }
    return data;
-}   
+}
 
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff)
 {
@@ -4605,7 +4605,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata)
 //
 
 // check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string
-static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) 
+static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2)
 {
    stbtt_int32 i=0;
 
@@ -4644,7 +4644,7 @@ static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, s
    return i;
 }
 
-static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) 
+static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2)
 {
    return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2);
 }
@@ -4773,7 +4773,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset,
 
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index)
 {
-   return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index);   
+   return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index);
 }
 
 STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data)
@@ -4866,38 +4866,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License
 Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of 
-this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in 
-the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to 
-use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies 
-of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do 
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
 so, subject to the following conditions:
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all 
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
 copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, 
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE 
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 SOFTWARE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org)
 This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
-Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this 
-software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, 
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this
+software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose,
 commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.
-In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this 
-software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public 
-domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to 
-the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an 
-overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to 
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this
+software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public
+domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to
+the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an
+overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to
 this software under copyright law.
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 
-AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN 
-ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION 
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
 WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
diff --git a/imgui/misc/freetype/README.md b/imgui/misc/freetype/README.md
index d54af196..f7d7bab7 100644
--- a/imgui/misc/freetype/README.md
+++ b/imgui/misc/freetype/README.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Build font atlases using FreeType instead of stb_truetype (which is the default
 
 ### Usage
 
-1. Get latest FreeType binaries or build yourself (under Windows you may use vcpkg with `vcpkg install freetype`, `vcpkg integrate install`).
+1. Get latest FreeType binaries or build yourself (under Windows you may use vcpkg with `vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows`, `vcpkg integrate install`).
 2. Add imgui_freetype.h/cpp alongside your project files.
 3. Add `#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE` in your [imconfig.h](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/imconfig.h) file
 
diff --git a/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp b/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp
index db6ec946..71a18870 100644
--- a/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp
+++ b/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp
@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@
 #include FT_SYNTHESIS_H         // <freetype/ftsynth.h>
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4505)     // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
 #endif
 
 #if defined(__GNUC__)
@@ -600,13 +601,15 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u
     atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight);
     if (src_load_color)
     {
-        atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight * 4);
-        memset(atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight * 4);
+        size_t tex_size = (size_t)atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight * 4;
+        atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC(tex_size);
+        memset(atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32, 0, tex_size);
     }
     else
     {
-        atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
-        memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+        size_t tex_size = (size_t)atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight * 1;
+        atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(tex_size);
+        memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, tex_size);
     }
 
     // 8. Copy rasterized font characters back into the main texture
@@ -645,6 +648,22 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u
             const int tx = pack_rect.x + padding;
             const int ty = pack_rect.y + padding;
 
+            // Register glyph
+            float x0 = info.OffsetX + font_off_x;
+            float y0 = info.OffsetY + font_off_y;
+            float x1 = x0 + info.Width;
+            float y1 = y0 + info.Height;
+            float u0 = (tx) / (float)atlas->TexWidth;
+            float v0 = (ty) / (float)atlas->TexHeight;
+            float u1 = (tx + info.Width) / (float)atlas->TexWidth;
+            float v1 = (ty + info.Height) / (float)atlas->TexHeight;
+            dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)src_glyph.Codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, u0, v0, u1, v1, info.AdvanceX);
+
+            ImFontGlyph* dst_glyph = &dst_font->Glyphs.back();
+            IM_ASSERT(dst_glyph->Codepoint == src_glyph.Codepoint);
+            if (src_glyph.Info.IsColored)
+                dst_glyph->Colored = tex_use_colors = true;
+
             // Blit from temporary buffer to final texture
             size_t blit_src_stride = (size_t)src_glyph.Info.Width;
             size_t blit_dst_stride = (size_t)atlas->TexWidth;
@@ -663,22 +682,6 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u
                     for (int x = 0; x < info.Width; x++)
                         blit_dst[x] = blit_src[x];
             }
-
-            // Register glyph
-            float x0 = info.OffsetX + font_off_x;
-            float y0 = info.OffsetY + font_off_y;
-            float x1 = x0 + info.Width;
-            float y1 = y0 + info.Height;
-            float u0 = (tx) / (float)atlas->TexWidth;
-            float v0 = (ty) / (float)atlas->TexHeight;
-            float u1 = (tx + info.Width) / (float)atlas->TexWidth;
-            float v1 = (ty + info.Height) / (float)atlas->TexHeight;
-            dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)src_glyph.Codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, u0, v0, u1, v1, info.AdvanceX);
-
-            ImFontGlyph* dst_glyph = &dst_font->Glyphs.back();
-            IM_ASSERT(dst_glyph->Codepoint == src_glyph.Codepoint);
-            if (src_glyph.Info.IsColored)
-                dst_glyph->Colored = tex_use_colors = true;
         }
 
         src_tmp.Rects = NULL;
@@ -688,8 +691,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u
     // Cleanup
     for (int buf_i = 0; buf_i < buf_bitmap_buffers.Size; buf_i++)
         IM_FREE(buf_bitmap_buffers[buf_i]);
-    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
-        src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcDataFT();
+    src_tmp_array.clear_destruct();
 
     ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas);